cheeky charlie training documentation · 2020. 8. 4. · cheeky charlie ordering training 1.1...
TRANSCRIPT
Cheeky Charlie
Training
Documentation
Cheeky Charlie Ordering Training
11 Introduction
Due to numerous problems with the existing PDT based Four Square Ordering System limited
functionality and difficulty servicing the hardware moving forward a replacement web based ordering
system has been developed for the North Island Four Square Network
This manual serves as a training guide for self-teaching the new tool Every effort has been taken to make
the new application as user friendly and intuitive as possible
The new tool can be accessed via any device connected to the internet including desktop computers
Laptops tablets and smart phones and is not restricted to Foodstuffs managed devices Part of the solution
includes using a Bluetooth scanner paired to your mobile device to scan either product barcodes or shelf
tickets
The latest version of this manual is available within the ordering tool by clicking on the icon
12 Getting Started
Logins will be user specific and will naturally be linked to a store The Login Screen looks as follows
If you are using a tablet obtained through FSNI this will come preinstalled with an icon on the front page
for the website
Handy Hint Save this website to your lsquoFavourites Barrsquo as per the screen shot above if you are using a
Desktop or laptop for easy access Once you have entered the website address use CTRL + D and the
following box will appear Make sure you save the favourite to the lsquoFavourites Barrsquo and give it a useful
name The shortcut will then appear in the tool bar
13 Password Management
Password management will be done by the user with the following functionality from the icon on
the main screen
If you donrsquot meet the password policy you are informed so
When done you get confirmation and can press the back key to go back to your order list logout or book
icon to open promotions
14 Order Overview Screen
- In this view you can show the last 7 days orders 30 days orders or all of your orders In
this example the 7 Days option has been selected and is therefore coloured Yellow
- This is the Promotions Catalogue button Clicking on this will take you to an overview of the
current promotion schedule We will go into more detail with this later in the document
- This is the Logout button
- This is the lsquoNewrsquo order button and is in the bottom right hand corner of the screen
Handy Hint Did you know that more than one person can be working in the same order from two
separate devices at the same time
15 Creating an Order
To create an order simply click on the icon from the front overview screen You will then be
presented with the following view
Enter an Order Name (Optional) to help identify the order better then select the Requested Delivery Date
and then click on the lsquoCreate Orderrsquo bar If required you can change the order name or delivery date later
in the Review Order screen
Note The Requested Delivery Data is used in the calculation of what promotions are going to be current
for that order For example it is a Sunday and you are ordering for your Tuesday Chilled and Frozen
delivery For this order then you need to see next weeks as well as the following weeks specials even
though you are still in the previous week all be it Sunday By Entering in the delivery date the system will
then correctly show next weeks as well as the following (buy in) weeks promotions to you From a price
calculation point of view think of this as the lsquoinvoicing datersquo
ATTENTION This is not an option for you to start changing around your current agreed chilled and
grocery delivery days
16 Building your Order
You are now ready to start building your order To start simply enter in either the product barcode or
Foodstuffs Product number into the field below ndash The cursor naturally sits here This entry will ideally be
done with your Bluetooth scanner
Once the product has been entered the system will present you with the following information
On this screen you can now see if the product is on promotion or not and what the corresponding GPrsquos
are You can also see the Bulk and Repack configurations for the Product
- In this Example the product has not previously been ordered but if it had then the last
purchase date and quantity would be displayed To check further history of the product then click on the
lsquoItem Historyrsquo button to see a history of the last 3 orders The cursor defaults to the lsquoBulkrsquo field so enter
the quantity of Bulk units required or move down to the lsquoRepackrsquo field This can be done using the lsquoTabrsquo
button on your keyboard or tapping in this field if you are using a tablet or smart phone
When you enter a quantity it calculates the estimated cost based on either the bulk or repack quantity you
have entered In this example we want to purchase 1 bulk As the item is on promotion the cost is 326 per
unit ndash as we are purchasing a bulk that is 6 units so the cost is calculated and shown as 6 $326 = $1956
Handy Hint If you decide that you donrsquot actually want this product anymore simply scan the next
product with your scanner
- To complete this step and add the item to your order either hit the lsquoEnterrsquo key on your
keyboard or click on the lsquoAdd To Orderrsquo button
The screen will now return to the order entry screen but notice that the 1 Bulk of Pams Jelly Snakes has
been added to the screen to show you the last 6 things that you have ordered
Handy Hint The system will now tell you if the product is DC supplied or not
Once you have completed your ordering or at any time you like you can click on the Review Order bar to
see an overview of what has been ordered
17 Review Order
At any stage when you click on the lsquoReview Orderrsquo Screen you will see a summary of what has been
added to the order so far
Your Order can be sorted on any of the columns by simply clicking on that column header
The Traffic Light system Works as follows
GREEN - Product IS on Special
AMBER - Product IS on Special BUT it is its last week so should this be an investment buy
RED - Product is NOT on Special but will be coming on special soon
WHITE - Product is NOT on Special now or in the near future
Promo Data Column Abbreviations
N - Not on Promotion no forward visibility of any promotional activity
F - Future Promotion
ES - Ending Soon
Y - On Promotion
Handy Hint Click on the lsquoBulkrsquo or lsquoRepackrsquo Column to sort all of the Bulks or Repacks together for easy
checking to make sure you havenrsquot accidently ordered a Bulk instead of a Repack Another way to check
for order errors is to sort on the Estimated Cost Column from highest line cost to lowest This can
potentially pick up keying errors
18 Review Order ndash Cost Information
The system will provide you with an estimated cost of the order In the Order Review Screen click on the
lsquoEstimated Costrsquo column heading
- Indicates that the list is sorted on the Estimated cost column in an lsquoDescendingrsquo
order Click the column heading again
- Indicates that the column is now sorted in an lsquoAscendingrsquo order
Note The data can only be sorted on one column as a time
In the example below I have sorted the order based on lsquoEstimated Costrsquo in a lsquoDescendingrsquo Order
At the bottom of the screen the system gives us how many items we are ordering along with the cost of the
order which is helpful for cash flow management
Note that we are potentially going to spend $14280 on Mororsquos ndash I thought I was only ordering 1 box so
something is wrong here If I then look at the BulkRepack columns I can see that I have ordered a Bulk
which in this case is a shipper which is not what I wanted We will amend this order in the following step
Handy Hint At this point if you want to go back and enter more items into the order simply click on the
lsquoBackrsquo button on the top left hand side of the screen
19 Order Review ndash Changes
In the Order Review screen we are able to make any changes required In the previous section we noticed
that we had ordered a Bulk of Moros as opposed to one Repack To amend this click on the pencil
icon next to the line you want to change
The following box appears on the screen where you can change the order from say 1 Bulk to 1 Repack as
has been done in this example Once you are happy with your changes then simply click on the lsquoUpdatersquo
button Similarly you could also click on the lsquoDeletersquo button to delete this item from the order completely
We can now see that the Moro order has been updated in the main Order Review Screen and it has
dropped back down to third in the list based on its new value of $3570
110 Sending an Order
Once an order has been built and reviewed then to send it through to the DC simply click on the lsquoSend
Orderrsquo button
You will then be prompted with a warning box in case you have pushed the button in error
Simply click on the lsquoYesrsquo button to send the order or lsquoNorsquo to return back to the order review screen
111 Printing an order
If you are reviewing a large order you may find it difficult to remember which product are up to in the
large list You can print out an order to assist you with that To print out an order you firstly need to save
that There are 2 buttons in the Review Order screen ndash PDF and CSV
Use the PDF option to print the list and use the CSV option to download the data to a spreadsheet
112 Item History
When in the order entry screen on the right hand side is an button This gives the buyer a
more comprehensive buying history of the particular product as opposed to just the last time is was
purchased that appears on the front buying screen Once you have reviewed the data simply click on the
lsquoOKrsquo button to return to the buying screen
113 Future Promotions
When in the order entry screen on the right hand side is another button will display if there are future
promotions for the selected product This will display all the future promotions that we are aware of for
this product
The Future Promos button will be either Red or Green
Green indicates that the buy-in period for the new promotion starts immediately after any current
promotion finishes ndash Investment buying may therefore not be necessary
Red indicates there is a gap between the current promotion finishing and the new one starting ndash So this is
your flag to consider making an investment buy
Pressing this button displays any current promotion as well as any future ones to allow you to compare
between them
Handy Hint Pricing for future promotions is only finalised 2 weeks before the promotion starts so be
aware the cost andor promotion price may change closer to the promotion start date
114 Promotional Schedule
At all times within the ordering tool in the top header section is the lsquoPromotional Schedulersquo button
This button gives you a view of the current promotional programme in a table format within the
application as per the screen shot below
Along the top of the report are the following selection filters
End Date This Week Next Week
Advertised Advertised Non-Advertised
Department Bakery Beer etchellip
Supplier DC Direct Supplier
GPSavings Top 50 GP Top 25 GP Top 50 Customer Savings Top 25 Customer Savings
Handy Hint These filters work on an lsquoANDrsquo basis So if you select more than one filter it will be for
example lsquoThis Weekrsquo AND lsquoAdvertisedrsquo AND lsquoBeerrsquo
The resulting data can then be either printed or downloaded to a spreadsheet Use the PDF option to print
the list and use the CSV option to download the data to a spreadsheet
115 Order Deletion
If you need to delete an entire order then this is possible in the order overview screen Simply click on
the icon and you will be presented with the following option
116 Copy Order
If you want to copy an entire order including quantities you can do that from the Review Order screen
You can copy an order that is still in progress or one that has been sent
The copy order function is accessible through the Review Order screen for an order
Click on the icon and you will see the option to copy the current order
Selecting this will copy the order ndash a message will show at the bottom of the page indicating the order has
been copied
The copied order is created with the same name as the order it was copied from and will show in the Order
List page
You can then select the order by clicking on that and by pressing the Review Order button on the next
page go into the order to update that
Within the Review Order page you can then update the name of the order and enter a delivery date
Handy Hint The copied order is created with no Delivery Date so you will need to enter that to show the
correct promotion status and cost of each item in the order
You can then use the pencil icon on each line to update the quantities as needed
To delete an item from the order use the pencil icon then select Delete
117 Templates Overview
Templates are a feature in the system to assist stores to build orders quickly for commonly ordered items
Templates are a list of products with no quantities assigned to them The screenshot below is a sample
template
A store can have many templates and when creating an order you have the option to add one or more of
those templates to your order
118 Simple or Extended mode
Templates are an advanced function some stores may not wish to use those To hide or show those
advanced functions Cheeky Charlie has 2 modes ndash Simple or Extended Extended mode includes
templates and Simple mode does not
To switch between Simple or Extended mode use the cog icon on any screen
When you press that if you are in Simple mode you have the option to switch to Enhanced
If you are already in Extended mode you have the option to switch to Simple mode
119 Create a template
Templates are effectively a type of order with zero quantities for each item
Templates can be created in 2 ways
1 Create a template from new
2 Create a template from an existing order
Create a template from new Ensure you are in Extended mode (see above)
Press the button as you would to create an order
An option will display to create as a Template
Tick this box give the order a name and press the Create Order button Donrsquot worry about changing the
delivery date as that will not be used in the template
You are then taken to a screen where you can start adding items to the template by either scanning
barcodes or entering product codes
You can tell you are in a template as the Review Order button has been replaced by the Review Template
button
When you enter or scan a product code you have the option to add that to the template
When you press the Add to Template button you are taken back to the previous screen ready to add the
next item to the template Continue until your template is built
Create a template from an existing order Choose an existing order If it is an order that has not been sent yet select Review Order If the order has
been sent you will automatically be taken to the Review Order screen
From the Cog on the menu select Copy as Template
A confirmation message will show at the bottom of the page to indicate the order has been copied as a
template
Go back to the order list page and select the Templates tab
That will show all the templates for your store The order you have just copied will be there with the same
name
Select that newly created template and then press the Review Template button to allow you to update the
name of the template
Within here as required you can delete individual items out of the template by using the rubbish bin icon
120 Editing templates
Templates can be edited to change the name add items or delete items You can also delete a template
entirely
To change a template name from the Review screen update the name
To delete items from a template from the Review screen press the rubbish bin icon
To add additional items to a template follow the instructions above for Create a Template From New
To delete a template from within the Review screen press the cog
From the options select Delete Order that will prompt you to confirm to delete then choose yes and the
template will be deleted
121 Create and update an order using templates
Ensure you are in Extended mode
From the Order List screen press the button to create an order
Enter the order name and update the delivery date as usual
Under the delivery date there is the Order Template list which shows all templates created for the store
Clicking on this displays the list of templates
You can select one or more of those templates and the items from each template will be added to the order
when created Select the templates required and press the Create Order button
The order will be created and you will be taken to the screen so you can add additional items to that order
by scanning as usual
You can review the items from the template that were added by using the Review Order button
That displays all items in the order All the items that were added from templates will show as having zero
quantities
You can then use the pencil icon on the right of each line to update the quantites as required
Handy Hint You donrsquot need to delete items from the template that you donrsquot need in the order When you
send the order any items with a quantity of zero will automatically be deleted from the order
To allow you to easily identify what items in your order have zero quantities a button is displayed called
Filter Zero Qty This button only appears if you have any items with zero quantities in your order
When you press that only those items with zero quantities are displayed
At the bottom of the page it will tell you how many items you currently have filtered from the total order
When you have pressed the Filter button that button will also change to say Show All Pressing that then
displays all items in the order whether they have zero quantities or not
Cheeky Charlie Stocktake Training
21 Introduction
Stocktake functionality has been built into Cheeky Charlie to assist stores in the process of stocktaking
This allows stores to create multiple stocktakes so if you want to perform stocktakes more than just an
annual stocktake you can
The stocktake tool works by using information either from your ticket printing store scan or scanning of
individual barcodes The system populates cost information from POS along with department information
from Cheeky Charlie for hosted products
You need to enter the quantity counted in your stocktake for each product and the system produces a
report summarising costs by department
The stocktake functionality is optional to use ndash you may use it or not to suit your individual requirements
The latest version of this manual is available within the Cheeky Charlie by clicking on the icon
22 Create a Stocktake
Creating a stocktake is done by using the cog icon from any screen in Cheeky Charlie
From the options available choose Stocktake
This brings up a screen where you can create a new stocktake or open an existing one
Create a new Stocktake by clicking the green + button in the bottom right hand corner of the screen
This displays the screen where you can name your stocktake and add products to it
23 Name Stocktake
In the screen enter a name for your stocktake You can have multiple stocktakes so name your stocktake in
a way that it you can identify between them
Handy Hint Create your stocktake name with a date eg ldquoMarch 31 2017 full stocktakerdquo or ldquoTobacco
monthly June 2016rdquo
24 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate From Store Scan
There are multiple ways you can populate your stocktake
You can populate your stocktake with details from your ticket printing store scan That function is
accessed through the red Populate Stocked Products That takes 1-2 minutes to run after you press that
button
Please note that you can only use this button when you have first created the stocktake before you add any
other product into it The reason for that is the last thing you need is to accidentally press that button and
add the same products part way through the stocktake process when you have already added the same
items previously
Pressing this button not only adds the products from your store scan it also takes the current price from
POS along with the associated department for any host supported products
You can update the Dept field for any item by selecting from the pull-down list The quantity and price can
also be updated
Filters exist for Dept Quantity and Price
Dept lets you select from any department and you can also select the blank line from the pull-down list to
select those items with a blank department
Quantity lets you select from either All items or those with a blank quantity (identifying items you still
need to update for your stocktake)
Price also lets you select from All items or those with a blank price (identifying items you still need to
update for your stocktake)
In addition to updating Dept Quantity and Price fields in the stocktake you can also scan additional items
You access that by pressing the green Scan Items button
That brings up the following screen
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
If you want to return to the list of all items in the stocktake press the Back button
25 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate By Scanning Barcodes
This function allows you to scan the barcodes of products to add them to your stocktake When you scan
each item the system retrieves details of the product from POS and returns the description and price
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
Continue scanning and adding quantities until you have completed your scan of products for your
stocktake
When you have finished press the Back button
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
Cheeky Charlie Ordering Training
11 Introduction
Due to numerous problems with the existing PDT based Four Square Ordering System limited
functionality and difficulty servicing the hardware moving forward a replacement web based ordering
system has been developed for the North Island Four Square Network
This manual serves as a training guide for self-teaching the new tool Every effort has been taken to make
the new application as user friendly and intuitive as possible
The new tool can be accessed via any device connected to the internet including desktop computers
Laptops tablets and smart phones and is not restricted to Foodstuffs managed devices Part of the solution
includes using a Bluetooth scanner paired to your mobile device to scan either product barcodes or shelf
tickets
The latest version of this manual is available within the ordering tool by clicking on the icon
12 Getting Started
Logins will be user specific and will naturally be linked to a store The Login Screen looks as follows
If you are using a tablet obtained through FSNI this will come preinstalled with an icon on the front page
for the website
Handy Hint Save this website to your lsquoFavourites Barrsquo as per the screen shot above if you are using a
Desktop or laptop for easy access Once you have entered the website address use CTRL + D and the
following box will appear Make sure you save the favourite to the lsquoFavourites Barrsquo and give it a useful
name The shortcut will then appear in the tool bar
13 Password Management
Password management will be done by the user with the following functionality from the icon on
the main screen
If you donrsquot meet the password policy you are informed so
When done you get confirmation and can press the back key to go back to your order list logout or book
icon to open promotions
14 Order Overview Screen
- In this view you can show the last 7 days orders 30 days orders or all of your orders In
this example the 7 Days option has been selected and is therefore coloured Yellow
- This is the Promotions Catalogue button Clicking on this will take you to an overview of the
current promotion schedule We will go into more detail with this later in the document
- This is the Logout button
- This is the lsquoNewrsquo order button and is in the bottom right hand corner of the screen
Handy Hint Did you know that more than one person can be working in the same order from two
separate devices at the same time
15 Creating an Order
To create an order simply click on the icon from the front overview screen You will then be
presented with the following view
Enter an Order Name (Optional) to help identify the order better then select the Requested Delivery Date
and then click on the lsquoCreate Orderrsquo bar If required you can change the order name or delivery date later
in the Review Order screen
Note The Requested Delivery Data is used in the calculation of what promotions are going to be current
for that order For example it is a Sunday and you are ordering for your Tuesday Chilled and Frozen
delivery For this order then you need to see next weeks as well as the following weeks specials even
though you are still in the previous week all be it Sunday By Entering in the delivery date the system will
then correctly show next weeks as well as the following (buy in) weeks promotions to you From a price
calculation point of view think of this as the lsquoinvoicing datersquo
ATTENTION This is not an option for you to start changing around your current agreed chilled and
grocery delivery days
16 Building your Order
You are now ready to start building your order To start simply enter in either the product barcode or
Foodstuffs Product number into the field below ndash The cursor naturally sits here This entry will ideally be
done with your Bluetooth scanner
Once the product has been entered the system will present you with the following information
On this screen you can now see if the product is on promotion or not and what the corresponding GPrsquos
are You can also see the Bulk and Repack configurations for the Product
- In this Example the product has not previously been ordered but if it had then the last
purchase date and quantity would be displayed To check further history of the product then click on the
lsquoItem Historyrsquo button to see a history of the last 3 orders The cursor defaults to the lsquoBulkrsquo field so enter
the quantity of Bulk units required or move down to the lsquoRepackrsquo field This can be done using the lsquoTabrsquo
button on your keyboard or tapping in this field if you are using a tablet or smart phone
When you enter a quantity it calculates the estimated cost based on either the bulk or repack quantity you
have entered In this example we want to purchase 1 bulk As the item is on promotion the cost is 326 per
unit ndash as we are purchasing a bulk that is 6 units so the cost is calculated and shown as 6 $326 = $1956
Handy Hint If you decide that you donrsquot actually want this product anymore simply scan the next
product with your scanner
- To complete this step and add the item to your order either hit the lsquoEnterrsquo key on your
keyboard or click on the lsquoAdd To Orderrsquo button
The screen will now return to the order entry screen but notice that the 1 Bulk of Pams Jelly Snakes has
been added to the screen to show you the last 6 things that you have ordered
Handy Hint The system will now tell you if the product is DC supplied or not
Once you have completed your ordering or at any time you like you can click on the Review Order bar to
see an overview of what has been ordered
17 Review Order
At any stage when you click on the lsquoReview Orderrsquo Screen you will see a summary of what has been
added to the order so far
Your Order can be sorted on any of the columns by simply clicking on that column header
The Traffic Light system Works as follows
GREEN - Product IS on Special
AMBER - Product IS on Special BUT it is its last week so should this be an investment buy
RED - Product is NOT on Special but will be coming on special soon
WHITE - Product is NOT on Special now or in the near future
Promo Data Column Abbreviations
N - Not on Promotion no forward visibility of any promotional activity
F - Future Promotion
ES - Ending Soon
Y - On Promotion
Handy Hint Click on the lsquoBulkrsquo or lsquoRepackrsquo Column to sort all of the Bulks or Repacks together for easy
checking to make sure you havenrsquot accidently ordered a Bulk instead of a Repack Another way to check
for order errors is to sort on the Estimated Cost Column from highest line cost to lowest This can
potentially pick up keying errors
18 Review Order ndash Cost Information
The system will provide you with an estimated cost of the order In the Order Review Screen click on the
lsquoEstimated Costrsquo column heading
- Indicates that the list is sorted on the Estimated cost column in an lsquoDescendingrsquo
order Click the column heading again
- Indicates that the column is now sorted in an lsquoAscendingrsquo order
Note The data can only be sorted on one column as a time
In the example below I have sorted the order based on lsquoEstimated Costrsquo in a lsquoDescendingrsquo Order
At the bottom of the screen the system gives us how many items we are ordering along with the cost of the
order which is helpful for cash flow management
Note that we are potentially going to spend $14280 on Mororsquos ndash I thought I was only ordering 1 box so
something is wrong here If I then look at the BulkRepack columns I can see that I have ordered a Bulk
which in this case is a shipper which is not what I wanted We will amend this order in the following step
Handy Hint At this point if you want to go back and enter more items into the order simply click on the
lsquoBackrsquo button on the top left hand side of the screen
19 Order Review ndash Changes
In the Order Review screen we are able to make any changes required In the previous section we noticed
that we had ordered a Bulk of Moros as opposed to one Repack To amend this click on the pencil
icon next to the line you want to change
The following box appears on the screen where you can change the order from say 1 Bulk to 1 Repack as
has been done in this example Once you are happy with your changes then simply click on the lsquoUpdatersquo
button Similarly you could also click on the lsquoDeletersquo button to delete this item from the order completely
We can now see that the Moro order has been updated in the main Order Review Screen and it has
dropped back down to third in the list based on its new value of $3570
110 Sending an Order
Once an order has been built and reviewed then to send it through to the DC simply click on the lsquoSend
Orderrsquo button
You will then be prompted with a warning box in case you have pushed the button in error
Simply click on the lsquoYesrsquo button to send the order or lsquoNorsquo to return back to the order review screen
111 Printing an order
If you are reviewing a large order you may find it difficult to remember which product are up to in the
large list You can print out an order to assist you with that To print out an order you firstly need to save
that There are 2 buttons in the Review Order screen ndash PDF and CSV
Use the PDF option to print the list and use the CSV option to download the data to a spreadsheet
112 Item History
When in the order entry screen on the right hand side is an button This gives the buyer a
more comprehensive buying history of the particular product as opposed to just the last time is was
purchased that appears on the front buying screen Once you have reviewed the data simply click on the
lsquoOKrsquo button to return to the buying screen
113 Future Promotions
When in the order entry screen on the right hand side is another button will display if there are future
promotions for the selected product This will display all the future promotions that we are aware of for
this product
The Future Promos button will be either Red or Green
Green indicates that the buy-in period for the new promotion starts immediately after any current
promotion finishes ndash Investment buying may therefore not be necessary
Red indicates there is a gap between the current promotion finishing and the new one starting ndash So this is
your flag to consider making an investment buy
Pressing this button displays any current promotion as well as any future ones to allow you to compare
between them
Handy Hint Pricing for future promotions is only finalised 2 weeks before the promotion starts so be
aware the cost andor promotion price may change closer to the promotion start date
114 Promotional Schedule
At all times within the ordering tool in the top header section is the lsquoPromotional Schedulersquo button
This button gives you a view of the current promotional programme in a table format within the
application as per the screen shot below
Along the top of the report are the following selection filters
End Date This Week Next Week
Advertised Advertised Non-Advertised
Department Bakery Beer etchellip
Supplier DC Direct Supplier
GPSavings Top 50 GP Top 25 GP Top 50 Customer Savings Top 25 Customer Savings
Handy Hint These filters work on an lsquoANDrsquo basis So if you select more than one filter it will be for
example lsquoThis Weekrsquo AND lsquoAdvertisedrsquo AND lsquoBeerrsquo
The resulting data can then be either printed or downloaded to a spreadsheet Use the PDF option to print
the list and use the CSV option to download the data to a spreadsheet
115 Order Deletion
If you need to delete an entire order then this is possible in the order overview screen Simply click on
the icon and you will be presented with the following option
116 Copy Order
If you want to copy an entire order including quantities you can do that from the Review Order screen
You can copy an order that is still in progress or one that has been sent
The copy order function is accessible through the Review Order screen for an order
Click on the icon and you will see the option to copy the current order
Selecting this will copy the order ndash a message will show at the bottom of the page indicating the order has
been copied
The copied order is created with the same name as the order it was copied from and will show in the Order
List page
You can then select the order by clicking on that and by pressing the Review Order button on the next
page go into the order to update that
Within the Review Order page you can then update the name of the order and enter a delivery date
Handy Hint The copied order is created with no Delivery Date so you will need to enter that to show the
correct promotion status and cost of each item in the order
You can then use the pencil icon on each line to update the quantities as needed
To delete an item from the order use the pencil icon then select Delete
117 Templates Overview
Templates are a feature in the system to assist stores to build orders quickly for commonly ordered items
Templates are a list of products with no quantities assigned to them The screenshot below is a sample
template
A store can have many templates and when creating an order you have the option to add one or more of
those templates to your order
118 Simple or Extended mode
Templates are an advanced function some stores may not wish to use those To hide or show those
advanced functions Cheeky Charlie has 2 modes ndash Simple or Extended Extended mode includes
templates and Simple mode does not
To switch between Simple or Extended mode use the cog icon on any screen
When you press that if you are in Simple mode you have the option to switch to Enhanced
If you are already in Extended mode you have the option to switch to Simple mode
119 Create a template
Templates are effectively a type of order with zero quantities for each item
Templates can be created in 2 ways
1 Create a template from new
2 Create a template from an existing order
Create a template from new Ensure you are in Extended mode (see above)
Press the button as you would to create an order
An option will display to create as a Template
Tick this box give the order a name and press the Create Order button Donrsquot worry about changing the
delivery date as that will not be used in the template
You are then taken to a screen where you can start adding items to the template by either scanning
barcodes or entering product codes
You can tell you are in a template as the Review Order button has been replaced by the Review Template
button
When you enter or scan a product code you have the option to add that to the template
When you press the Add to Template button you are taken back to the previous screen ready to add the
next item to the template Continue until your template is built
Create a template from an existing order Choose an existing order If it is an order that has not been sent yet select Review Order If the order has
been sent you will automatically be taken to the Review Order screen
From the Cog on the menu select Copy as Template
A confirmation message will show at the bottom of the page to indicate the order has been copied as a
template
Go back to the order list page and select the Templates tab
That will show all the templates for your store The order you have just copied will be there with the same
name
Select that newly created template and then press the Review Template button to allow you to update the
name of the template
Within here as required you can delete individual items out of the template by using the rubbish bin icon
120 Editing templates
Templates can be edited to change the name add items or delete items You can also delete a template
entirely
To change a template name from the Review screen update the name
To delete items from a template from the Review screen press the rubbish bin icon
To add additional items to a template follow the instructions above for Create a Template From New
To delete a template from within the Review screen press the cog
From the options select Delete Order that will prompt you to confirm to delete then choose yes and the
template will be deleted
121 Create and update an order using templates
Ensure you are in Extended mode
From the Order List screen press the button to create an order
Enter the order name and update the delivery date as usual
Under the delivery date there is the Order Template list which shows all templates created for the store
Clicking on this displays the list of templates
You can select one or more of those templates and the items from each template will be added to the order
when created Select the templates required and press the Create Order button
The order will be created and you will be taken to the screen so you can add additional items to that order
by scanning as usual
You can review the items from the template that were added by using the Review Order button
That displays all items in the order All the items that were added from templates will show as having zero
quantities
You can then use the pencil icon on the right of each line to update the quantites as required
Handy Hint You donrsquot need to delete items from the template that you donrsquot need in the order When you
send the order any items with a quantity of zero will automatically be deleted from the order
To allow you to easily identify what items in your order have zero quantities a button is displayed called
Filter Zero Qty This button only appears if you have any items with zero quantities in your order
When you press that only those items with zero quantities are displayed
At the bottom of the page it will tell you how many items you currently have filtered from the total order
When you have pressed the Filter button that button will also change to say Show All Pressing that then
displays all items in the order whether they have zero quantities or not
Cheeky Charlie Stocktake Training
21 Introduction
Stocktake functionality has been built into Cheeky Charlie to assist stores in the process of stocktaking
This allows stores to create multiple stocktakes so if you want to perform stocktakes more than just an
annual stocktake you can
The stocktake tool works by using information either from your ticket printing store scan or scanning of
individual barcodes The system populates cost information from POS along with department information
from Cheeky Charlie for hosted products
You need to enter the quantity counted in your stocktake for each product and the system produces a
report summarising costs by department
The stocktake functionality is optional to use ndash you may use it or not to suit your individual requirements
The latest version of this manual is available within the Cheeky Charlie by clicking on the icon
22 Create a Stocktake
Creating a stocktake is done by using the cog icon from any screen in Cheeky Charlie
From the options available choose Stocktake
This brings up a screen where you can create a new stocktake or open an existing one
Create a new Stocktake by clicking the green + button in the bottom right hand corner of the screen
This displays the screen where you can name your stocktake and add products to it
23 Name Stocktake
In the screen enter a name for your stocktake You can have multiple stocktakes so name your stocktake in
a way that it you can identify between them
Handy Hint Create your stocktake name with a date eg ldquoMarch 31 2017 full stocktakerdquo or ldquoTobacco
monthly June 2016rdquo
24 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate From Store Scan
There are multiple ways you can populate your stocktake
You can populate your stocktake with details from your ticket printing store scan That function is
accessed through the red Populate Stocked Products That takes 1-2 minutes to run after you press that
button
Please note that you can only use this button when you have first created the stocktake before you add any
other product into it The reason for that is the last thing you need is to accidentally press that button and
add the same products part way through the stocktake process when you have already added the same
items previously
Pressing this button not only adds the products from your store scan it also takes the current price from
POS along with the associated department for any host supported products
You can update the Dept field for any item by selecting from the pull-down list The quantity and price can
also be updated
Filters exist for Dept Quantity and Price
Dept lets you select from any department and you can also select the blank line from the pull-down list to
select those items with a blank department
Quantity lets you select from either All items or those with a blank quantity (identifying items you still
need to update for your stocktake)
Price also lets you select from All items or those with a blank price (identifying items you still need to
update for your stocktake)
In addition to updating Dept Quantity and Price fields in the stocktake you can also scan additional items
You access that by pressing the green Scan Items button
That brings up the following screen
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
If you want to return to the list of all items in the stocktake press the Back button
25 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate By Scanning Barcodes
This function allows you to scan the barcodes of products to add them to your stocktake When you scan
each item the system retrieves details of the product from POS and returns the description and price
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
Continue scanning and adding quantities until you have completed your scan of products for your
stocktake
When you have finished press the Back button
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
13 Password Management
Password management will be done by the user with the following functionality from the icon on
the main screen
If you donrsquot meet the password policy you are informed so
When done you get confirmation and can press the back key to go back to your order list logout or book
icon to open promotions
14 Order Overview Screen
- In this view you can show the last 7 days orders 30 days orders or all of your orders In
this example the 7 Days option has been selected and is therefore coloured Yellow
- This is the Promotions Catalogue button Clicking on this will take you to an overview of the
current promotion schedule We will go into more detail with this later in the document
- This is the Logout button
- This is the lsquoNewrsquo order button and is in the bottom right hand corner of the screen
Handy Hint Did you know that more than one person can be working in the same order from two
separate devices at the same time
15 Creating an Order
To create an order simply click on the icon from the front overview screen You will then be
presented with the following view
Enter an Order Name (Optional) to help identify the order better then select the Requested Delivery Date
and then click on the lsquoCreate Orderrsquo bar If required you can change the order name or delivery date later
in the Review Order screen
Note The Requested Delivery Data is used in the calculation of what promotions are going to be current
for that order For example it is a Sunday and you are ordering for your Tuesday Chilled and Frozen
delivery For this order then you need to see next weeks as well as the following weeks specials even
though you are still in the previous week all be it Sunday By Entering in the delivery date the system will
then correctly show next weeks as well as the following (buy in) weeks promotions to you From a price
calculation point of view think of this as the lsquoinvoicing datersquo
ATTENTION This is not an option for you to start changing around your current agreed chilled and
grocery delivery days
16 Building your Order
You are now ready to start building your order To start simply enter in either the product barcode or
Foodstuffs Product number into the field below ndash The cursor naturally sits here This entry will ideally be
done with your Bluetooth scanner
Once the product has been entered the system will present you with the following information
On this screen you can now see if the product is on promotion or not and what the corresponding GPrsquos
are You can also see the Bulk and Repack configurations for the Product
- In this Example the product has not previously been ordered but if it had then the last
purchase date and quantity would be displayed To check further history of the product then click on the
lsquoItem Historyrsquo button to see a history of the last 3 orders The cursor defaults to the lsquoBulkrsquo field so enter
the quantity of Bulk units required or move down to the lsquoRepackrsquo field This can be done using the lsquoTabrsquo
button on your keyboard or tapping in this field if you are using a tablet or smart phone
When you enter a quantity it calculates the estimated cost based on either the bulk or repack quantity you
have entered In this example we want to purchase 1 bulk As the item is on promotion the cost is 326 per
unit ndash as we are purchasing a bulk that is 6 units so the cost is calculated and shown as 6 $326 = $1956
Handy Hint If you decide that you donrsquot actually want this product anymore simply scan the next
product with your scanner
- To complete this step and add the item to your order either hit the lsquoEnterrsquo key on your
keyboard or click on the lsquoAdd To Orderrsquo button
The screen will now return to the order entry screen but notice that the 1 Bulk of Pams Jelly Snakes has
been added to the screen to show you the last 6 things that you have ordered
Handy Hint The system will now tell you if the product is DC supplied or not
Once you have completed your ordering or at any time you like you can click on the Review Order bar to
see an overview of what has been ordered
17 Review Order
At any stage when you click on the lsquoReview Orderrsquo Screen you will see a summary of what has been
added to the order so far
Your Order can be sorted on any of the columns by simply clicking on that column header
The Traffic Light system Works as follows
GREEN - Product IS on Special
AMBER - Product IS on Special BUT it is its last week so should this be an investment buy
RED - Product is NOT on Special but will be coming on special soon
WHITE - Product is NOT on Special now or in the near future
Promo Data Column Abbreviations
N - Not on Promotion no forward visibility of any promotional activity
F - Future Promotion
ES - Ending Soon
Y - On Promotion
Handy Hint Click on the lsquoBulkrsquo or lsquoRepackrsquo Column to sort all of the Bulks or Repacks together for easy
checking to make sure you havenrsquot accidently ordered a Bulk instead of a Repack Another way to check
for order errors is to sort on the Estimated Cost Column from highest line cost to lowest This can
potentially pick up keying errors
18 Review Order ndash Cost Information
The system will provide you with an estimated cost of the order In the Order Review Screen click on the
lsquoEstimated Costrsquo column heading
- Indicates that the list is sorted on the Estimated cost column in an lsquoDescendingrsquo
order Click the column heading again
- Indicates that the column is now sorted in an lsquoAscendingrsquo order
Note The data can only be sorted on one column as a time
In the example below I have sorted the order based on lsquoEstimated Costrsquo in a lsquoDescendingrsquo Order
At the bottom of the screen the system gives us how many items we are ordering along with the cost of the
order which is helpful for cash flow management
Note that we are potentially going to spend $14280 on Mororsquos ndash I thought I was only ordering 1 box so
something is wrong here If I then look at the BulkRepack columns I can see that I have ordered a Bulk
which in this case is a shipper which is not what I wanted We will amend this order in the following step
Handy Hint At this point if you want to go back and enter more items into the order simply click on the
lsquoBackrsquo button on the top left hand side of the screen
19 Order Review ndash Changes
In the Order Review screen we are able to make any changes required In the previous section we noticed
that we had ordered a Bulk of Moros as opposed to one Repack To amend this click on the pencil
icon next to the line you want to change
The following box appears on the screen where you can change the order from say 1 Bulk to 1 Repack as
has been done in this example Once you are happy with your changes then simply click on the lsquoUpdatersquo
button Similarly you could also click on the lsquoDeletersquo button to delete this item from the order completely
We can now see that the Moro order has been updated in the main Order Review Screen and it has
dropped back down to third in the list based on its new value of $3570
110 Sending an Order
Once an order has been built and reviewed then to send it through to the DC simply click on the lsquoSend
Orderrsquo button
You will then be prompted with a warning box in case you have pushed the button in error
Simply click on the lsquoYesrsquo button to send the order or lsquoNorsquo to return back to the order review screen
111 Printing an order
If you are reviewing a large order you may find it difficult to remember which product are up to in the
large list You can print out an order to assist you with that To print out an order you firstly need to save
that There are 2 buttons in the Review Order screen ndash PDF and CSV
Use the PDF option to print the list and use the CSV option to download the data to a spreadsheet
112 Item History
When in the order entry screen on the right hand side is an button This gives the buyer a
more comprehensive buying history of the particular product as opposed to just the last time is was
purchased that appears on the front buying screen Once you have reviewed the data simply click on the
lsquoOKrsquo button to return to the buying screen
113 Future Promotions
When in the order entry screen on the right hand side is another button will display if there are future
promotions for the selected product This will display all the future promotions that we are aware of for
this product
The Future Promos button will be either Red or Green
Green indicates that the buy-in period for the new promotion starts immediately after any current
promotion finishes ndash Investment buying may therefore not be necessary
Red indicates there is a gap between the current promotion finishing and the new one starting ndash So this is
your flag to consider making an investment buy
Pressing this button displays any current promotion as well as any future ones to allow you to compare
between them
Handy Hint Pricing for future promotions is only finalised 2 weeks before the promotion starts so be
aware the cost andor promotion price may change closer to the promotion start date
114 Promotional Schedule
At all times within the ordering tool in the top header section is the lsquoPromotional Schedulersquo button
This button gives you a view of the current promotional programme in a table format within the
application as per the screen shot below
Along the top of the report are the following selection filters
End Date This Week Next Week
Advertised Advertised Non-Advertised
Department Bakery Beer etchellip
Supplier DC Direct Supplier
GPSavings Top 50 GP Top 25 GP Top 50 Customer Savings Top 25 Customer Savings
Handy Hint These filters work on an lsquoANDrsquo basis So if you select more than one filter it will be for
example lsquoThis Weekrsquo AND lsquoAdvertisedrsquo AND lsquoBeerrsquo
The resulting data can then be either printed or downloaded to a spreadsheet Use the PDF option to print
the list and use the CSV option to download the data to a spreadsheet
115 Order Deletion
If you need to delete an entire order then this is possible in the order overview screen Simply click on
the icon and you will be presented with the following option
116 Copy Order
If you want to copy an entire order including quantities you can do that from the Review Order screen
You can copy an order that is still in progress or one that has been sent
The copy order function is accessible through the Review Order screen for an order
Click on the icon and you will see the option to copy the current order
Selecting this will copy the order ndash a message will show at the bottom of the page indicating the order has
been copied
The copied order is created with the same name as the order it was copied from and will show in the Order
List page
You can then select the order by clicking on that and by pressing the Review Order button on the next
page go into the order to update that
Within the Review Order page you can then update the name of the order and enter a delivery date
Handy Hint The copied order is created with no Delivery Date so you will need to enter that to show the
correct promotion status and cost of each item in the order
You can then use the pencil icon on each line to update the quantities as needed
To delete an item from the order use the pencil icon then select Delete
117 Templates Overview
Templates are a feature in the system to assist stores to build orders quickly for commonly ordered items
Templates are a list of products with no quantities assigned to them The screenshot below is a sample
template
A store can have many templates and when creating an order you have the option to add one or more of
those templates to your order
118 Simple or Extended mode
Templates are an advanced function some stores may not wish to use those To hide or show those
advanced functions Cheeky Charlie has 2 modes ndash Simple or Extended Extended mode includes
templates and Simple mode does not
To switch between Simple or Extended mode use the cog icon on any screen
When you press that if you are in Simple mode you have the option to switch to Enhanced
If you are already in Extended mode you have the option to switch to Simple mode
119 Create a template
Templates are effectively a type of order with zero quantities for each item
Templates can be created in 2 ways
1 Create a template from new
2 Create a template from an existing order
Create a template from new Ensure you are in Extended mode (see above)
Press the button as you would to create an order
An option will display to create as a Template
Tick this box give the order a name and press the Create Order button Donrsquot worry about changing the
delivery date as that will not be used in the template
You are then taken to a screen where you can start adding items to the template by either scanning
barcodes or entering product codes
You can tell you are in a template as the Review Order button has been replaced by the Review Template
button
When you enter or scan a product code you have the option to add that to the template
When you press the Add to Template button you are taken back to the previous screen ready to add the
next item to the template Continue until your template is built
Create a template from an existing order Choose an existing order If it is an order that has not been sent yet select Review Order If the order has
been sent you will automatically be taken to the Review Order screen
From the Cog on the menu select Copy as Template
A confirmation message will show at the bottom of the page to indicate the order has been copied as a
template
Go back to the order list page and select the Templates tab
That will show all the templates for your store The order you have just copied will be there with the same
name
Select that newly created template and then press the Review Template button to allow you to update the
name of the template
Within here as required you can delete individual items out of the template by using the rubbish bin icon
120 Editing templates
Templates can be edited to change the name add items or delete items You can also delete a template
entirely
To change a template name from the Review screen update the name
To delete items from a template from the Review screen press the rubbish bin icon
To add additional items to a template follow the instructions above for Create a Template From New
To delete a template from within the Review screen press the cog
From the options select Delete Order that will prompt you to confirm to delete then choose yes and the
template will be deleted
121 Create and update an order using templates
Ensure you are in Extended mode
From the Order List screen press the button to create an order
Enter the order name and update the delivery date as usual
Under the delivery date there is the Order Template list which shows all templates created for the store
Clicking on this displays the list of templates
You can select one or more of those templates and the items from each template will be added to the order
when created Select the templates required and press the Create Order button
The order will be created and you will be taken to the screen so you can add additional items to that order
by scanning as usual
You can review the items from the template that were added by using the Review Order button
That displays all items in the order All the items that were added from templates will show as having zero
quantities
You can then use the pencil icon on the right of each line to update the quantites as required
Handy Hint You donrsquot need to delete items from the template that you donrsquot need in the order When you
send the order any items with a quantity of zero will automatically be deleted from the order
To allow you to easily identify what items in your order have zero quantities a button is displayed called
Filter Zero Qty This button only appears if you have any items with zero quantities in your order
When you press that only those items with zero quantities are displayed
At the bottom of the page it will tell you how many items you currently have filtered from the total order
When you have pressed the Filter button that button will also change to say Show All Pressing that then
displays all items in the order whether they have zero quantities or not
Cheeky Charlie Stocktake Training
21 Introduction
Stocktake functionality has been built into Cheeky Charlie to assist stores in the process of stocktaking
This allows stores to create multiple stocktakes so if you want to perform stocktakes more than just an
annual stocktake you can
The stocktake tool works by using information either from your ticket printing store scan or scanning of
individual barcodes The system populates cost information from POS along with department information
from Cheeky Charlie for hosted products
You need to enter the quantity counted in your stocktake for each product and the system produces a
report summarising costs by department
The stocktake functionality is optional to use ndash you may use it or not to suit your individual requirements
The latest version of this manual is available within the Cheeky Charlie by clicking on the icon
22 Create a Stocktake
Creating a stocktake is done by using the cog icon from any screen in Cheeky Charlie
From the options available choose Stocktake
This brings up a screen where you can create a new stocktake or open an existing one
Create a new Stocktake by clicking the green + button in the bottom right hand corner of the screen
This displays the screen where you can name your stocktake and add products to it
23 Name Stocktake
In the screen enter a name for your stocktake You can have multiple stocktakes so name your stocktake in
a way that it you can identify between them
Handy Hint Create your stocktake name with a date eg ldquoMarch 31 2017 full stocktakerdquo or ldquoTobacco
monthly June 2016rdquo
24 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate From Store Scan
There are multiple ways you can populate your stocktake
You can populate your stocktake with details from your ticket printing store scan That function is
accessed through the red Populate Stocked Products That takes 1-2 minutes to run after you press that
button
Please note that you can only use this button when you have first created the stocktake before you add any
other product into it The reason for that is the last thing you need is to accidentally press that button and
add the same products part way through the stocktake process when you have already added the same
items previously
Pressing this button not only adds the products from your store scan it also takes the current price from
POS along with the associated department for any host supported products
You can update the Dept field for any item by selecting from the pull-down list The quantity and price can
also be updated
Filters exist for Dept Quantity and Price
Dept lets you select from any department and you can also select the blank line from the pull-down list to
select those items with a blank department
Quantity lets you select from either All items or those with a blank quantity (identifying items you still
need to update for your stocktake)
Price also lets you select from All items or those with a blank price (identifying items you still need to
update for your stocktake)
In addition to updating Dept Quantity and Price fields in the stocktake you can also scan additional items
You access that by pressing the green Scan Items button
That brings up the following screen
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
If you want to return to the list of all items in the stocktake press the Back button
25 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate By Scanning Barcodes
This function allows you to scan the barcodes of products to add them to your stocktake When you scan
each item the system retrieves details of the product from POS and returns the description and price
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
Continue scanning and adding quantities until you have completed your scan of products for your
stocktake
When you have finished press the Back button
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
When done you get confirmation and can press the back key to go back to your order list logout or book
icon to open promotions
14 Order Overview Screen
- In this view you can show the last 7 days orders 30 days orders or all of your orders In
this example the 7 Days option has been selected and is therefore coloured Yellow
- This is the Promotions Catalogue button Clicking on this will take you to an overview of the
current promotion schedule We will go into more detail with this later in the document
- This is the Logout button
- This is the lsquoNewrsquo order button and is in the bottom right hand corner of the screen
Handy Hint Did you know that more than one person can be working in the same order from two
separate devices at the same time
15 Creating an Order
To create an order simply click on the icon from the front overview screen You will then be
presented with the following view
Enter an Order Name (Optional) to help identify the order better then select the Requested Delivery Date
and then click on the lsquoCreate Orderrsquo bar If required you can change the order name or delivery date later
in the Review Order screen
Note The Requested Delivery Data is used in the calculation of what promotions are going to be current
for that order For example it is a Sunday and you are ordering for your Tuesday Chilled and Frozen
delivery For this order then you need to see next weeks as well as the following weeks specials even
though you are still in the previous week all be it Sunday By Entering in the delivery date the system will
then correctly show next weeks as well as the following (buy in) weeks promotions to you From a price
calculation point of view think of this as the lsquoinvoicing datersquo
ATTENTION This is not an option for you to start changing around your current agreed chilled and
grocery delivery days
16 Building your Order
You are now ready to start building your order To start simply enter in either the product barcode or
Foodstuffs Product number into the field below ndash The cursor naturally sits here This entry will ideally be
done with your Bluetooth scanner
Once the product has been entered the system will present you with the following information
On this screen you can now see if the product is on promotion or not and what the corresponding GPrsquos
are You can also see the Bulk and Repack configurations for the Product
- In this Example the product has not previously been ordered but if it had then the last
purchase date and quantity would be displayed To check further history of the product then click on the
lsquoItem Historyrsquo button to see a history of the last 3 orders The cursor defaults to the lsquoBulkrsquo field so enter
the quantity of Bulk units required or move down to the lsquoRepackrsquo field This can be done using the lsquoTabrsquo
button on your keyboard or tapping in this field if you are using a tablet or smart phone
When you enter a quantity it calculates the estimated cost based on either the bulk or repack quantity you
have entered In this example we want to purchase 1 bulk As the item is on promotion the cost is 326 per
unit ndash as we are purchasing a bulk that is 6 units so the cost is calculated and shown as 6 $326 = $1956
Handy Hint If you decide that you donrsquot actually want this product anymore simply scan the next
product with your scanner
- To complete this step and add the item to your order either hit the lsquoEnterrsquo key on your
keyboard or click on the lsquoAdd To Orderrsquo button
The screen will now return to the order entry screen but notice that the 1 Bulk of Pams Jelly Snakes has
been added to the screen to show you the last 6 things that you have ordered
Handy Hint The system will now tell you if the product is DC supplied or not
Once you have completed your ordering or at any time you like you can click on the Review Order bar to
see an overview of what has been ordered
17 Review Order
At any stage when you click on the lsquoReview Orderrsquo Screen you will see a summary of what has been
added to the order so far
Your Order can be sorted on any of the columns by simply clicking on that column header
The Traffic Light system Works as follows
GREEN - Product IS on Special
AMBER - Product IS on Special BUT it is its last week so should this be an investment buy
RED - Product is NOT on Special but will be coming on special soon
WHITE - Product is NOT on Special now or in the near future
Promo Data Column Abbreviations
N - Not on Promotion no forward visibility of any promotional activity
F - Future Promotion
ES - Ending Soon
Y - On Promotion
Handy Hint Click on the lsquoBulkrsquo or lsquoRepackrsquo Column to sort all of the Bulks or Repacks together for easy
checking to make sure you havenrsquot accidently ordered a Bulk instead of a Repack Another way to check
for order errors is to sort on the Estimated Cost Column from highest line cost to lowest This can
potentially pick up keying errors
18 Review Order ndash Cost Information
The system will provide you with an estimated cost of the order In the Order Review Screen click on the
lsquoEstimated Costrsquo column heading
- Indicates that the list is sorted on the Estimated cost column in an lsquoDescendingrsquo
order Click the column heading again
- Indicates that the column is now sorted in an lsquoAscendingrsquo order
Note The data can only be sorted on one column as a time
In the example below I have sorted the order based on lsquoEstimated Costrsquo in a lsquoDescendingrsquo Order
At the bottom of the screen the system gives us how many items we are ordering along with the cost of the
order which is helpful for cash flow management
Note that we are potentially going to spend $14280 on Mororsquos ndash I thought I was only ordering 1 box so
something is wrong here If I then look at the BulkRepack columns I can see that I have ordered a Bulk
which in this case is a shipper which is not what I wanted We will amend this order in the following step
Handy Hint At this point if you want to go back and enter more items into the order simply click on the
lsquoBackrsquo button on the top left hand side of the screen
19 Order Review ndash Changes
In the Order Review screen we are able to make any changes required In the previous section we noticed
that we had ordered a Bulk of Moros as opposed to one Repack To amend this click on the pencil
icon next to the line you want to change
The following box appears on the screen where you can change the order from say 1 Bulk to 1 Repack as
has been done in this example Once you are happy with your changes then simply click on the lsquoUpdatersquo
button Similarly you could also click on the lsquoDeletersquo button to delete this item from the order completely
We can now see that the Moro order has been updated in the main Order Review Screen and it has
dropped back down to third in the list based on its new value of $3570
110 Sending an Order
Once an order has been built and reviewed then to send it through to the DC simply click on the lsquoSend
Orderrsquo button
You will then be prompted with a warning box in case you have pushed the button in error
Simply click on the lsquoYesrsquo button to send the order or lsquoNorsquo to return back to the order review screen
111 Printing an order
If you are reviewing a large order you may find it difficult to remember which product are up to in the
large list You can print out an order to assist you with that To print out an order you firstly need to save
that There are 2 buttons in the Review Order screen ndash PDF and CSV
Use the PDF option to print the list and use the CSV option to download the data to a spreadsheet
112 Item History
When in the order entry screen on the right hand side is an button This gives the buyer a
more comprehensive buying history of the particular product as opposed to just the last time is was
purchased that appears on the front buying screen Once you have reviewed the data simply click on the
lsquoOKrsquo button to return to the buying screen
113 Future Promotions
When in the order entry screen on the right hand side is another button will display if there are future
promotions for the selected product This will display all the future promotions that we are aware of for
this product
The Future Promos button will be either Red or Green
Green indicates that the buy-in period for the new promotion starts immediately after any current
promotion finishes ndash Investment buying may therefore not be necessary
Red indicates there is a gap between the current promotion finishing and the new one starting ndash So this is
your flag to consider making an investment buy
Pressing this button displays any current promotion as well as any future ones to allow you to compare
between them
Handy Hint Pricing for future promotions is only finalised 2 weeks before the promotion starts so be
aware the cost andor promotion price may change closer to the promotion start date
114 Promotional Schedule
At all times within the ordering tool in the top header section is the lsquoPromotional Schedulersquo button
This button gives you a view of the current promotional programme in a table format within the
application as per the screen shot below
Along the top of the report are the following selection filters
End Date This Week Next Week
Advertised Advertised Non-Advertised
Department Bakery Beer etchellip
Supplier DC Direct Supplier
GPSavings Top 50 GP Top 25 GP Top 50 Customer Savings Top 25 Customer Savings
Handy Hint These filters work on an lsquoANDrsquo basis So if you select more than one filter it will be for
example lsquoThis Weekrsquo AND lsquoAdvertisedrsquo AND lsquoBeerrsquo
The resulting data can then be either printed or downloaded to a spreadsheet Use the PDF option to print
the list and use the CSV option to download the data to a spreadsheet
115 Order Deletion
If you need to delete an entire order then this is possible in the order overview screen Simply click on
the icon and you will be presented with the following option
116 Copy Order
If you want to copy an entire order including quantities you can do that from the Review Order screen
You can copy an order that is still in progress or one that has been sent
The copy order function is accessible through the Review Order screen for an order
Click on the icon and you will see the option to copy the current order
Selecting this will copy the order ndash a message will show at the bottom of the page indicating the order has
been copied
The copied order is created with the same name as the order it was copied from and will show in the Order
List page
You can then select the order by clicking on that and by pressing the Review Order button on the next
page go into the order to update that
Within the Review Order page you can then update the name of the order and enter a delivery date
Handy Hint The copied order is created with no Delivery Date so you will need to enter that to show the
correct promotion status and cost of each item in the order
You can then use the pencil icon on each line to update the quantities as needed
To delete an item from the order use the pencil icon then select Delete
117 Templates Overview
Templates are a feature in the system to assist stores to build orders quickly for commonly ordered items
Templates are a list of products with no quantities assigned to them The screenshot below is a sample
template
A store can have many templates and when creating an order you have the option to add one or more of
those templates to your order
118 Simple or Extended mode
Templates are an advanced function some stores may not wish to use those To hide or show those
advanced functions Cheeky Charlie has 2 modes ndash Simple or Extended Extended mode includes
templates and Simple mode does not
To switch between Simple or Extended mode use the cog icon on any screen
When you press that if you are in Simple mode you have the option to switch to Enhanced
If you are already in Extended mode you have the option to switch to Simple mode
119 Create a template
Templates are effectively a type of order with zero quantities for each item
Templates can be created in 2 ways
1 Create a template from new
2 Create a template from an existing order
Create a template from new Ensure you are in Extended mode (see above)
Press the button as you would to create an order
An option will display to create as a Template
Tick this box give the order a name and press the Create Order button Donrsquot worry about changing the
delivery date as that will not be used in the template
You are then taken to a screen where you can start adding items to the template by either scanning
barcodes or entering product codes
You can tell you are in a template as the Review Order button has been replaced by the Review Template
button
When you enter or scan a product code you have the option to add that to the template
When you press the Add to Template button you are taken back to the previous screen ready to add the
next item to the template Continue until your template is built
Create a template from an existing order Choose an existing order If it is an order that has not been sent yet select Review Order If the order has
been sent you will automatically be taken to the Review Order screen
From the Cog on the menu select Copy as Template
A confirmation message will show at the bottom of the page to indicate the order has been copied as a
template
Go back to the order list page and select the Templates tab
That will show all the templates for your store The order you have just copied will be there with the same
name
Select that newly created template and then press the Review Template button to allow you to update the
name of the template
Within here as required you can delete individual items out of the template by using the rubbish bin icon
120 Editing templates
Templates can be edited to change the name add items or delete items You can also delete a template
entirely
To change a template name from the Review screen update the name
To delete items from a template from the Review screen press the rubbish bin icon
To add additional items to a template follow the instructions above for Create a Template From New
To delete a template from within the Review screen press the cog
From the options select Delete Order that will prompt you to confirm to delete then choose yes and the
template will be deleted
121 Create and update an order using templates
Ensure you are in Extended mode
From the Order List screen press the button to create an order
Enter the order name and update the delivery date as usual
Under the delivery date there is the Order Template list which shows all templates created for the store
Clicking on this displays the list of templates
You can select one or more of those templates and the items from each template will be added to the order
when created Select the templates required and press the Create Order button
The order will be created and you will be taken to the screen so you can add additional items to that order
by scanning as usual
You can review the items from the template that were added by using the Review Order button
That displays all items in the order All the items that were added from templates will show as having zero
quantities
You can then use the pencil icon on the right of each line to update the quantites as required
Handy Hint You donrsquot need to delete items from the template that you donrsquot need in the order When you
send the order any items with a quantity of zero will automatically be deleted from the order
To allow you to easily identify what items in your order have zero quantities a button is displayed called
Filter Zero Qty This button only appears if you have any items with zero quantities in your order
When you press that only those items with zero quantities are displayed
At the bottom of the page it will tell you how many items you currently have filtered from the total order
When you have pressed the Filter button that button will also change to say Show All Pressing that then
displays all items in the order whether they have zero quantities or not
Cheeky Charlie Stocktake Training
21 Introduction
Stocktake functionality has been built into Cheeky Charlie to assist stores in the process of stocktaking
This allows stores to create multiple stocktakes so if you want to perform stocktakes more than just an
annual stocktake you can
The stocktake tool works by using information either from your ticket printing store scan or scanning of
individual barcodes The system populates cost information from POS along with department information
from Cheeky Charlie for hosted products
You need to enter the quantity counted in your stocktake for each product and the system produces a
report summarising costs by department
The stocktake functionality is optional to use ndash you may use it or not to suit your individual requirements
The latest version of this manual is available within the Cheeky Charlie by clicking on the icon
22 Create a Stocktake
Creating a stocktake is done by using the cog icon from any screen in Cheeky Charlie
From the options available choose Stocktake
This brings up a screen where you can create a new stocktake or open an existing one
Create a new Stocktake by clicking the green + button in the bottom right hand corner of the screen
This displays the screen where you can name your stocktake and add products to it
23 Name Stocktake
In the screen enter a name for your stocktake You can have multiple stocktakes so name your stocktake in
a way that it you can identify between them
Handy Hint Create your stocktake name with a date eg ldquoMarch 31 2017 full stocktakerdquo or ldquoTobacco
monthly June 2016rdquo
24 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate From Store Scan
There are multiple ways you can populate your stocktake
You can populate your stocktake with details from your ticket printing store scan That function is
accessed through the red Populate Stocked Products That takes 1-2 minutes to run after you press that
button
Please note that you can only use this button when you have first created the stocktake before you add any
other product into it The reason for that is the last thing you need is to accidentally press that button and
add the same products part way through the stocktake process when you have already added the same
items previously
Pressing this button not only adds the products from your store scan it also takes the current price from
POS along with the associated department for any host supported products
You can update the Dept field for any item by selecting from the pull-down list The quantity and price can
also be updated
Filters exist for Dept Quantity and Price
Dept lets you select from any department and you can also select the blank line from the pull-down list to
select those items with a blank department
Quantity lets you select from either All items or those with a blank quantity (identifying items you still
need to update for your stocktake)
Price also lets you select from All items or those with a blank price (identifying items you still need to
update for your stocktake)
In addition to updating Dept Quantity and Price fields in the stocktake you can also scan additional items
You access that by pressing the green Scan Items button
That brings up the following screen
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
If you want to return to the list of all items in the stocktake press the Back button
25 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate By Scanning Barcodes
This function allows you to scan the barcodes of products to add them to your stocktake When you scan
each item the system retrieves details of the product from POS and returns the description and price
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
Continue scanning and adding quantities until you have completed your scan of products for your
stocktake
When you have finished press the Back button
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
- In this view you can show the last 7 days orders 30 days orders or all of your orders In
this example the 7 Days option has been selected and is therefore coloured Yellow
- This is the Promotions Catalogue button Clicking on this will take you to an overview of the
current promotion schedule We will go into more detail with this later in the document
- This is the Logout button
- This is the lsquoNewrsquo order button and is in the bottom right hand corner of the screen
Handy Hint Did you know that more than one person can be working in the same order from two
separate devices at the same time
15 Creating an Order
To create an order simply click on the icon from the front overview screen You will then be
presented with the following view
Enter an Order Name (Optional) to help identify the order better then select the Requested Delivery Date
and then click on the lsquoCreate Orderrsquo bar If required you can change the order name or delivery date later
in the Review Order screen
Note The Requested Delivery Data is used in the calculation of what promotions are going to be current
for that order For example it is a Sunday and you are ordering for your Tuesday Chilled and Frozen
delivery For this order then you need to see next weeks as well as the following weeks specials even
though you are still in the previous week all be it Sunday By Entering in the delivery date the system will
then correctly show next weeks as well as the following (buy in) weeks promotions to you From a price
calculation point of view think of this as the lsquoinvoicing datersquo
ATTENTION This is not an option for you to start changing around your current agreed chilled and
grocery delivery days
16 Building your Order
You are now ready to start building your order To start simply enter in either the product barcode or
Foodstuffs Product number into the field below ndash The cursor naturally sits here This entry will ideally be
done with your Bluetooth scanner
Once the product has been entered the system will present you with the following information
On this screen you can now see if the product is on promotion or not and what the corresponding GPrsquos
are You can also see the Bulk and Repack configurations for the Product
- In this Example the product has not previously been ordered but if it had then the last
purchase date and quantity would be displayed To check further history of the product then click on the
lsquoItem Historyrsquo button to see a history of the last 3 orders The cursor defaults to the lsquoBulkrsquo field so enter
the quantity of Bulk units required or move down to the lsquoRepackrsquo field This can be done using the lsquoTabrsquo
button on your keyboard or tapping in this field if you are using a tablet or smart phone
When you enter a quantity it calculates the estimated cost based on either the bulk or repack quantity you
have entered In this example we want to purchase 1 bulk As the item is on promotion the cost is 326 per
unit ndash as we are purchasing a bulk that is 6 units so the cost is calculated and shown as 6 $326 = $1956
Handy Hint If you decide that you donrsquot actually want this product anymore simply scan the next
product with your scanner
- To complete this step and add the item to your order either hit the lsquoEnterrsquo key on your
keyboard or click on the lsquoAdd To Orderrsquo button
The screen will now return to the order entry screen but notice that the 1 Bulk of Pams Jelly Snakes has
been added to the screen to show you the last 6 things that you have ordered
Handy Hint The system will now tell you if the product is DC supplied or not
Once you have completed your ordering or at any time you like you can click on the Review Order bar to
see an overview of what has been ordered
17 Review Order
At any stage when you click on the lsquoReview Orderrsquo Screen you will see a summary of what has been
added to the order so far
Your Order can be sorted on any of the columns by simply clicking on that column header
The Traffic Light system Works as follows
GREEN - Product IS on Special
AMBER - Product IS on Special BUT it is its last week so should this be an investment buy
RED - Product is NOT on Special but will be coming on special soon
WHITE - Product is NOT on Special now or in the near future
Promo Data Column Abbreviations
N - Not on Promotion no forward visibility of any promotional activity
F - Future Promotion
ES - Ending Soon
Y - On Promotion
Handy Hint Click on the lsquoBulkrsquo or lsquoRepackrsquo Column to sort all of the Bulks or Repacks together for easy
checking to make sure you havenrsquot accidently ordered a Bulk instead of a Repack Another way to check
for order errors is to sort on the Estimated Cost Column from highest line cost to lowest This can
potentially pick up keying errors
18 Review Order ndash Cost Information
The system will provide you with an estimated cost of the order In the Order Review Screen click on the
lsquoEstimated Costrsquo column heading
- Indicates that the list is sorted on the Estimated cost column in an lsquoDescendingrsquo
order Click the column heading again
- Indicates that the column is now sorted in an lsquoAscendingrsquo order
Note The data can only be sorted on one column as a time
In the example below I have sorted the order based on lsquoEstimated Costrsquo in a lsquoDescendingrsquo Order
At the bottom of the screen the system gives us how many items we are ordering along with the cost of the
order which is helpful for cash flow management
Note that we are potentially going to spend $14280 on Mororsquos ndash I thought I was only ordering 1 box so
something is wrong here If I then look at the BulkRepack columns I can see that I have ordered a Bulk
which in this case is a shipper which is not what I wanted We will amend this order in the following step
Handy Hint At this point if you want to go back and enter more items into the order simply click on the
lsquoBackrsquo button on the top left hand side of the screen
19 Order Review ndash Changes
In the Order Review screen we are able to make any changes required In the previous section we noticed
that we had ordered a Bulk of Moros as opposed to one Repack To amend this click on the pencil
icon next to the line you want to change
The following box appears on the screen where you can change the order from say 1 Bulk to 1 Repack as
has been done in this example Once you are happy with your changes then simply click on the lsquoUpdatersquo
button Similarly you could also click on the lsquoDeletersquo button to delete this item from the order completely
We can now see that the Moro order has been updated in the main Order Review Screen and it has
dropped back down to third in the list based on its new value of $3570
110 Sending an Order
Once an order has been built and reviewed then to send it through to the DC simply click on the lsquoSend
Orderrsquo button
You will then be prompted with a warning box in case you have pushed the button in error
Simply click on the lsquoYesrsquo button to send the order or lsquoNorsquo to return back to the order review screen
111 Printing an order
If you are reviewing a large order you may find it difficult to remember which product are up to in the
large list You can print out an order to assist you with that To print out an order you firstly need to save
that There are 2 buttons in the Review Order screen ndash PDF and CSV
Use the PDF option to print the list and use the CSV option to download the data to a spreadsheet
112 Item History
When in the order entry screen on the right hand side is an button This gives the buyer a
more comprehensive buying history of the particular product as opposed to just the last time is was
purchased that appears on the front buying screen Once you have reviewed the data simply click on the
lsquoOKrsquo button to return to the buying screen
113 Future Promotions
When in the order entry screen on the right hand side is another button will display if there are future
promotions for the selected product This will display all the future promotions that we are aware of for
this product
The Future Promos button will be either Red or Green
Green indicates that the buy-in period for the new promotion starts immediately after any current
promotion finishes ndash Investment buying may therefore not be necessary
Red indicates there is a gap between the current promotion finishing and the new one starting ndash So this is
your flag to consider making an investment buy
Pressing this button displays any current promotion as well as any future ones to allow you to compare
between them
Handy Hint Pricing for future promotions is only finalised 2 weeks before the promotion starts so be
aware the cost andor promotion price may change closer to the promotion start date
114 Promotional Schedule
At all times within the ordering tool in the top header section is the lsquoPromotional Schedulersquo button
This button gives you a view of the current promotional programme in a table format within the
application as per the screen shot below
Along the top of the report are the following selection filters
End Date This Week Next Week
Advertised Advertised Non-Advertised
Department Bakery Beer etchellip
Supplier DC Direct Supplier
GPSavings Top 50 GP Top 25 GP Top 50 Customer Savings Top 25 Customer Savings
Handy Hint These filters work on an lsquoANDrsquo basis So if you select more than one filter it will be for
example lsquoThis Weekrsquo AND lsquoAdvertisedrsquo AND lsquoBeerrsquo
The resulting data can then be either printed or downloaded to a spreadsheet Use the PDF option to print
the list and use the CSV option to download the data to a spreadsheet
115 Order Deletion
If you need to delete an entire order then this is possible in the order overview screen Simply click on
the icon and you will be presented with the following option
116 Copy Order
If you want to copy an entire order including quantities you can do that from the Review Order screen
You can copy an order that is still in progress or one that has been sent
The copy order function is accessible through the Review Order screen for an order
Click on the icon and you will see the option to copy the current order
Selecting this will copy the order ndash a message will show at the bottom of the page indicating the order has
been copied
The copied order is created with the same name as the order it was copied from and will show in the Order
List page
You can then select the order by clicking on that and by pressing the Review Order button on the next
page go into the order to update that
Within the Review Order page you can then update the name of the order and enter a delivery date
Handy Hint The copied order is created with no Delivery Date so you will need to enter that to show the
correct promotion status and cost of each item in the order
You can then use the pencil icon on each line to update the quantities as needed
To delete an item from the order use the pencil icon then select Delete
117 Templates Overview
Templates are a feature in the system to assist stores to build orders quickly for commonly ordered items
Templates are a list of products with no quantities assigned to them The screenshot below is a sample
template
A store can have many templates and when creating an order you have the option to add one or more of
those templates to your order
118 Simple or Extended mode
Templates are an advanced function some stores may not wish to use those To hide or show those
advanced functions Cheeky Charlie has 2 modes ndash Simple or Extended Extended mode includes
templates and Simple mode does not
To switch between Simple or Extended mode use the cog icon on any screen
When you press that if you are in Simple mode you have the option to switch to Enhanced
If you are already in Extended mode you have the option to switch to Simple mode
119 Create a template
Templates are effectively a type of order with zero quantities for each item
Templates can be created in 2 ways
1 Create a template from new
2 Create a template from an existing order
Create a template from new Ensure you are in Extended mode (see above)
Press the button as you would to create an order
An option will display to create as a Template
Tick this box give the order a name and press the Create Order button Donrsquot worry about changing the
delivery date as that will not be used in the template
You are then taken to a screen where you can start adding items to the template by either scanning
barcodes or entering product codes
You can tell you are in a template as the Review Order button has been replaced by the Review Template
button
When you enter or scan a product code you have the option to add that to the template
When you press the Add to Template button you are taken back to the previous screen ready to add the
next item to the template Continue until your template is built
Create a template from an existing order Choose an existing order If it is an order that has not been sent yet select Review Order If the order has
been sent you will automatically be taken to the Review Order screen
From the Cog on the menu select Copy as Template
A confirmation message will show at the bottom of the page to indicate the order has been copied as a
template
Go back to the order list page and select the Templates tab
That will show all the templates for your store The order you have just copied will be there with the same
name
Select that newly created template and then press the Review Template button to allow you to update the
name of the template
Within here as required you can delete individual items out of the template by using the rubbish bin icon
120 Editing templates
Templates can be edited to change the name add items or delete items You can also delete a template
entirely
To change a template name from the Review screen update the name
To delete items from a template from the Review screen press the rubbish bin icon
To add additional items to a template follow the instructions above for Create a Template From New
To delete a template from within the Review screen press the cog
From the options select Delete Order that will prompt you to confirm to delete then choose yes and the
template will be deleted
121 Create and update an order using templates
Ensure you are in Extended mode
From the Order List screen press the button to create an order
Enter the order name and update the delivery date as usual
Under the delivery date there is the Order Template list which shows all templates created for the store
Clicking on this displays the list of templates
You can select one or more of those templates and the items from each template will be added to the order
when created Select the templates required and press the Create Order button
The order will be created and you will be taken to the screen so you can add additional items to that order
by scanning as usual
You can review the items from the template that were added by using the Review Order button
That displays all items in the order All the items that were added from templates will show as having zero
quantities
You can then use the pencil icon on the right of each line to update the quantites as required
Handy Hint You donrsquot need to delete items from the template that you donrsquot need in the order When you
send the order any items with a quantity of zero will automatically be deleted from the order
To allow you to easily identify what items in your order have zero quantities a button is displayed called
Filter Zero Qty This button only appears if you have any items with zero quantities in your order
When you press that only those items with zero quantities are displayed
At the bottom of the page it will tell you how many items you currently have filtered from the total order
When you have pressed the Filter button that button will also change to say Show All Pressing that then
displays all items in the order whether they have zero quantities or not
Cheeky Charlie Stocktake Training
21 Introduction
Stocktake functionality has been built into Cheeky Charlie to assist stores in the process of stocktaking
This allows stores to create multiple stocktakes so if you want to perform stocktakes more than just an
annual stocktake you can
The stocktake tool works by using information either from your ticket printing store scan or scanning of
individual barcodes The system populates cost information from POS along with department information
from Cheeky Charlie for hosted products
You need to enter the quantity counted in your stocktake for each product and the system produces a
report summarising costs by department
The stocktake functionality is optional to use ndash you may use it or not to suit your individual requirements
The latest version of this manual is available within the Cheeky Charlie by clicking on the icon
22 Create a Stocktake
Creating a stocktake is done by using the cog icon from any screen in Cheeky Charlie
From the options available choose Stocktake
This brings up a screen where you can create a new stocktake or open an existing one
Create a new Stocktake by clicking the green + button in the bottom right hand corner of the screen
This displays the screen where you can name your stocktake and add products to it
23 Name Stocktake
In the screen enter a name for your stocktake You can have multiple stocktakes so name your stocktake in
a way that it you can identify between them
Handy Hint Create your stocktake name with a date eg ldquoMarch 31 2017 full stocktakerdquo or ldquoTobacco
monthly June 2016rdquo
24 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate From Store Scan
There are multiple ways you can populate your stocktake
You can populate your stocktake with details from your ticket printing store scan That function is
accessed through the red Populate Stocked Products That takes 1-2 minutes to run after you press that
button
Please note that you can only use this button when you have first created the stocktake before you add any
other product into it The reason for that is the last thing you need is to accidentally press that button and
add the same products part way through the stocktake process when you have already added the same
items previously
Pressing this button not only adds the products from your store scan it also takes the current price from
POS along with the associated department for any host supported products
You can update the Dept field for any item by selecting from the pull-down list The quantity and price can
also be updated
Filters exist for Dept Quantity and Price
Dept lets you select from any department and you can also select the blank line from the pull-down list to
select those items with a blank department
Quantity lets you select from either All items or those with a blank quantity (identifying items you still
need to update for your stocktake)
Price also lets you select from All items or those with a blank price (identifying items you still need to
update for your stocktake)
In addition to updating Dept Quantity and Price fields in the stocktake you can also scan additional items
You access that by pressing the green Scan Items button
That brings up the following screen
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
If you want to return to the list of all items in the stocktake press the Back button
25 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate By Scanning Barcodes
This function allows you to scan the barcodes of products to add them to your stocktake When you scan
each item the system retrieves details of the product from POS and returns the description and price
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
Continue scanning and adding quantities until you have completed your scan of products for your
stocktake
When you have finished press the Back button
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
You are now ready to start building your order To start simply enter in either the product barcode or
Foodstuffs Product number into the field below ndash The cursor naturally sits here This entry will ideally be
done with your Bluetooth scanner
Once the product has been entered the system will present you with the following information
On this screen you can now see if the product is on promotion or not and what the corresponding GPrsquos
are You can also see the Bulk and Repack configurations for the Product
- In this Example the product has not previously been ordered but if it had then the last
purchase date and quantity would be displayed To check further history of the product then click on the
lsquoItem Historyrsquo button to see a history of the last 3 orders The cursor defaults to the lsquoBulkrsquo field so enter
the quantity of Bulk units required or move down to the lsquoRepackrsquo field This can be done using the lsquoTabrsquo
button on your keyboard or tapping in this field if you are using a tablet or smart phone
When you enter a quantity it calculates the estimated cost based on either the bulk or repack quantity you
have entered In this example we want to purchase 1 bulk As the item is on promotion the cost is 326 per
unit ndash as we are purchasing a bulk that is 6 units so the cost is calculated and shown as 6 $326 = $1956
Handy Hint If you decide that you donrsquot actually want this product anymore simply scan the next
product with your scanner
- To complete this step and add the item to your order either hit the lsquoEnterrsquo key on your
keyboard or click on the lsquoAdd To Orderrsquo button
The screen will now return to the order entry screen but notice that the 1 Bulk of Pams Jelly Snakes has
been added to the screen to show you the last 6 things that you have ordered
Handy Hint The system will now tell you if the product is DC supplied or not
Once you have completed your ordering or at any time you like you can click on the Review Order bar to
see an overview of what has been ordered
17 Review Order
At any stage when you click on the lsquoReview Orderrsquo Screen you will see a summary of what has been
added to the order so far
Your Order can be sorted on any of the columns by simply clicking on that column header
The Traffic Light system Works as follows
GREEN - Product IS on Special
AMBER - Product IS on Special BUT it is its last week so should this be an investment buy
RED - Product is NOT on Special but will be coming on special soon
WHITE - Product is NOT on Special now or in the near future
Promo Data Column Abbreviations
N - Not on Promotion no forward visibility of any promotional activity
F - Future Promotion
ES - Ending Soon
Y - On Promotion
Handy Hint Click on the lsquoBulkrsquo or lsquoRepackrsquo Column to sort all of the Bulks or Repacks together for easy
checking to make sure you havenrsquot accidently ordered a Bulk instead of a Repack Another way to check
for order errors is to sort on the Estimated Cost Column from highest line cost to lowest This can
potentially pick up keying errors
18 Review Order ndash Cost Information
The system will provide you with an estimated cost of the order In the Order Review Screen click on the
lsquoEstimated Costrsquo column heading
- Indicates that the list is sorted on the Estimated cost column in an lsquoDescendingrsquo
order Click the column heading again
- Indicates that the column is now sorted in an lsquoAscendingrsquo order
Note The data can only be sorted on one column as a time
In the example below I have sorted the order based on lsquoEstimated Costrsquo in a lsquoDescendingrsquo Order
At the bottom of the screen the system gives us how many items we are ordering along with the cost of the
order which is helpful for cash flow management
Note that we are potentially going to spend $14280 on Mororsquos ndash I thought I was only ordering 1 box so
something is wrong here If I then look at the BulkRepack columns I can see that I have ordered a Bulk
which in this case is a shipper which is not what I wanted We will amend this order in the following step
Handy Hint At this point if you want to go back and enter more items into the order simply click on the
lsquoBackrsquo button on the top left hand side of the screen
19 Order Review ndash Changes
In the Order Review screen we are able to make any changes required In the previous section we noticed
that we had ordered a Bulk of Moros as opposed to one Repack To amend this click on the pencil
icon next to the line you want to change
The following box appears on the screen where you can change the order from say 1 Bulk to 1 Repack as
has been done in this example Once you are happy with your changes then simply click on the lsquoUpdatersquo
button Similarly you could also click on the lsquoDeletersquo button to delete this item from the order completely
We can now see that the Moro order has been updated in the main Order Review Screen and it has
dropped back down to third in the list based on its new value of $3570
110 Sending an Order
Once an order has been built and reviewed then to send it through to the DC simply click on the lsquoSend
Orderrsquo button
You will then be prompted with a warning box in case you have pushed the button in error
Simply click on the lsquoYesrsquo button to send the order or lsquoNorsquo to return back to the order review screen
111 Printing an order
If you are reviewing a large order you may find it difficult to remember which product are up to in the
large list You can print out an order to assist you with that To print out an order you firstly need to save
that There are 2 buttons in the Review Order screen ndash PDF and CSV
Use the PDF option to print the list and use the CSV option to download the data to a spreadsheet
112 Item History
When in the order entry screen on the right hand side is an button This gives the buyer a
more comprehensive buying history of the particular product as opposed to just the last time is was
purchased that appears on the front buying screen Once you have reviewed the data simply click on the
lsquoOKrsquo button to return to the buying screen
113 Future Promotions
When in the order entry screen on the right hand side is another button will display if there are future
promotions for the selected product This will display all the future promotions that we are aware of for
this product
The Future Promos button will be either Red or Green
Green indicates that the buy-in period for the new promotion starts immediately after any current
promotion finishes ndash Investment buying may therefore not be necessary
Red indicates there is a gap between the current promotion finishing and the new one starting ndash So this is
your flag to consider making an investment buy
Pressing this button displays any current promotion as well as any future ones to allow you to compare
between them
Handy Hint Pricing for future promotions is only finalised 2 weeks before the promotion starts so be
aware the cost andor promotion price may change closer to the promotion start date
114 Promotional Schedule
At all times within the ordering tool in the top header section is the lsquoPromotional Schedulersquo button
This button gives you a view of the current promotional programme in a table format within the
application as per the screen shot below
Along the top of the report are the following selection filters
End Date This Week Next Week
Advertised Advertised Non-Advertised
Department Bakery Beer etchellip
Supplier DC Direct Supplier
GPSavings Top 50 GP Top 25 GP Top 50 Customer Savings Top 25 Customer Savings
Handy Hint These filters work on an lsquoANDrsquo basis So if you select more than one filter it will be for
example lsquoThis Weekrsquo AND lsquoAdvertisedrsquo AND lsquoBeerrsquo
The resulting data can then be either printed or downloaded to a spreadsheet Use the PDF option to print
the list and use the CSV option to download the data to a spreadsheet
115 Order Deletion
If you need to delete an entire order then this is possible in the order overview screen Simply click on
the icon and you will be presented with the following option
116 Copy Order
If you want to copy an entire order including quantities you can do that from the Review Order screen
You can copy an order that is still in progress or one that has been sent
The copy order function is accessible through the Review Order screen for an order
Click on the icon and you will see the option to copy the current order
Selecting this will copy the order ndash a message will show at the bottom of the page indicating the order has
been copied
The copied order is created with the same name as the order it was copied from and will show in the Order
List page
You can then select the order by clicking on that and by pressing the Review Order button on the next
page go into the order to update that
Within the Review Order page you can then update the name of the order and enter a delivery date
Handy Hint The copied order is created with no Delivery Date so you will need to enter that to show the
correct promotion status and cost of each item in the order
You can then use the pencil icon on each line to update the quantities as needed
To delete an item from the order use the pencil icon then select Delete
117 Templates Overview
Templates are a feature in the system to assist stores to build orders quickly for commonly ordered items
Templates are a list of products with no quantities assigned to them The screenshot below is a sample
template
A store can have many templates and when creating an order you have the option to add one or more of
those templates to your order
118 Simple or Extended mode
Templates are an advanced function some stores may not wish to use those To hide or show those
advanced functions Cheeky Charlie has 2 modes ndash Simple or Extended Extended mode includes
templates and Simple mode does not
To switch between Simple or Extended mode use the cog icon on any screen
When you press that if you are in Simple mode you have the option to switch to Enhanced
If you are already in Extended mode you have the option to switch to Simple mode
119 Create a template
Templates are effectively a type of order with zero quantities for each item
Templates can be created in 2 ways
1 Create a template from new
2 Create a template from an existing order
Create a template from new Ensure you are in Extended mode (see above)
Press the button as you would to create an order
An option will display to create as a Template
Tick this box give the order a name and press the Create Order button Donrsquot worry about changing the
delivery date as that will not be used in the template
You are then taken to a screen where you can start adding items to the template by either scanning
barcodes or entering product codes
You can tell you are in a template as the Review Order button has been replaced by the Review Template
button
When you enter or scan a product code you have the option to add that to the template
When you press the Add to Template button you are taken back to the previous screen ready to add the
next item to the template Continue until your template is built
Create a template from an existing order Choose an existing order If it is an order that has not been sent yet select Review Order If the order has
been sent you will automatically be taken to the Review Order screen
From the Cog on the menu select Copy as Template
A confirmation message will show at the bottom of the page to indicate the order has been copied as a
template
Go back to the order list page and select the Templates tab
That will show all the templates for your store The order you have just copied will be there with the same
name
Select that newly created template and then press the Review Template button to allow you to update the
name of the template
Within here as required you can delete individual items out of the template by using the rubbish bin icon
120 Editing templates
Templates can be edited to change the name add items or delete items You can also delete a template
entirely
To change a template name from the Review screen update the name
To delete items from a template from the Review screen press the rubbish bin icon
To add additional items to a template follow the instructions above for Create a Template From New
To delete a template from within the Review screen press the cog
From the options select Delete Order that will prompt you to confirm to delete then choose yes and the
template will be deleted
121 Create and update an order using templates
Ensure you are in Extended mode
From the Order List screen press the button to create an order
Enter the order name and update the delivery date as usual
Under the delivery date there is the Order Template list which shows all templates created for the store
Clicking on this displays the list of templates
You can select one or more of those templates and the items from each template will be added to the order
when created Select the templates required and press the Create Order button
The order will be created and you will be taken to the screen so you can add additional items to that order
by scanning as usual
You can review the items from the template that were added by using the Review Order button
That displays all items in the order All the items that were added from templates will show as having zero
quantities
You can then use the pencil icon on the right of each line to update the quantites as required
Handy Hint You donrsquot need to delete items from the template that you donrsquot need in the order When you
send the order any items with a quantity of zero will automatically be deleted from the order
To allow you to easily identify what items in your order have zero quantities a button is displayed called
Filter Zero Qty This button only appears if you have any items with zero quantities in your order
When you press that only those items with zero quantities are displayed
At the bottom of the page it will tell you how many items you currently have filtered from the total order
When you have pressed the Filter button that button will also change to say Show All Pressing that then
displays all items in the order whether they have zero quantities or not
Cheeky Charlie Stocktake Training
21 Introduction
Stocktake functionality has been built into Cheeky Charlie to assist stores in the process of stocktaking
This allows stores to create multiple stocktakes so if you want to perform stocktakes more than just an
annual stocktake you can
The stocktake tool works by using information either from your ticket printing store scan or scanning of
individual barcodes The system populates cost information from POS along with department information
from Cheeky Charlie for hosted products
You need to enter the quantity counted in your stocktake for each product and the system produces a
report summarising costs by department
The stocktake functionality is optional to use ndash you may use it or not to suit your individual requirements
The latest version of this manual is available within the Cheeky Charlie by clicking on the icon
22 Create a Stocktake
Creating a stocktake is done by using the cog icon from any screen in Cheeky Charlie
From the options available choose Stocktake
This brings up a screen where you can create a new stocktake or open an existing one
Create a new Stocktake by clicking the green + button in the bottom right hand corner of the screen
This displays the screen where you can name your stocktake and add products to it
23 Name Stocktake
In the screen enter a name for your stocktake You can have multiple stocktakes so name your stocktake in
a way that it you can identify between them
Handy Hint Create your stocktake name with a date eg ldquoMarch 31 2017 full stocktakerdquo or ldquoTobacco
monthly June 2016rdquo
24 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate From Store Scan
There are multiple ways you can populate your stocktake
You can populate your stocktake with details from your ticket printing store scan That function is
accessed through the red Populate Stocked Products That takes 1-2 minutes to run after you press that
button
Please note that you can only use this button when you have first created the stocktake before you add any
other product into it The reason for that is the last thing you need is to accidentally press that button and
add the same products part way through the stocktake process when you have already added the same
items previously
Pressing this button not only adds the products from your store scan it also takes the current price from
POS along with the associated department for any host supported products
You can update the Dept field for any item by selecting from the pull-down list The quantity and price can
also be updated
Filters exist for Dept Quantity and Price
Dept lets you select from any department and you can also select the blank line from the pull-down list to
select those items with a blank department
Quantity lets you select from either All items or those with a blank quantity (identifying items you still
need to update for your stocktake)
Price also lets you select from All items or those with a blank price (identifying items you still need to
update for your stocktake)
In addition to updating Dept Quantity and Price fields in the stocktake you can also scan additional items
You access that by pressing the green Scan Items button
That brings up the following screen
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
If you want to return to the list of all items in the stocktake press the Back button
25 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate By Scanning Barcodes
This function allows you to scan the barcodes of products to add them to your stocktake When you scan
each item the system retrieves details of the product from POS and returns the description and price
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
Continue scanning and adding quantities until you have completed your scan of products for your
stocktake
When you have finished press the Back button
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
Handy Hint If you decide that you donrsquot actually want this product anymore simply scan the next
product with your scanner
- To complete this step and add the item to your order either hit the lsquoEnterrsquo key on your
keyboard or click on the lsquoAdd To Orderrsquo button
The screen will now return to the order entry screen but notice that the 1 Bulk of Pams Jelly Snakes has
been added to the screen to show you the last 6 things that you have ordered
Handy Hint The system will now tell you if the product is DC supplied or not
Once you have completed your ordering or at any time you like you can click on the Review Order bar to
see an overview of what has been ordered
17 Review Order
At any stage when you click on the lsquoReview Orderrsquo Screen you will see a summary of what has been
added to the order so far
Your Order can be sorted on any of the columns by simply clicking on that column header
The Traffic Light system Works as follows
GREEN - Product IS on Special
AMBER - Product IS on Special BUT it is its last week so should this be an investment buy
RED - Product is NOT on Special but will be coming on special soon
WHITE - Product is NOT on Special now or in the near future
Promo Data Column Abbreviations
N - Not on Promotion no forward visibility of any promotional activity
F - Future Promotion
ES - Ending Soon
Y - On Promotion
Handy Hint Click on the lsquoBulkrsquo or lsquoRepackrsquo Column to sort all of the Bulks or Repacks together for easy
checking to make sure you havenrsquot accidently ordered a Bulk instead of a Repack Another way to check
for order errors is to sort on the Estimated Cost Column from highest line cost to lowest This can
potentially pick up keying errors
18 Review Order ndash Cost Information
The system will provide you with an estimated cost of the order In the Order Review Screen click on the
lsquoEstimated Costrsquo column heading
- Indicates that the list is sorted on the Estimated cost column in an lsquoDescendingrsquo
order Click the column heading again
- Indicates that the column is now sorted in an lsquoAscendingrsquo order
Note The data can only be sorted on one column as a time
In the example below I have sorted the order based on lsquoEstimated Costrsquo in a lsquoDescendingrsquo Order
At the bottom of the screen the system gives us how many items we are ordering along with the cost of the
order which is helpful for cash flow management
Note that we are potentially going to spend $14280 on Mororsquos ndash I thought I was only ordering 1 box so
something is wrong here If I then look at the BulkRepack columns I can see that I have ordered a Bulk
which in this case is a shipper which is not what I wanted We will amend this order in the following step
Handy Hint At this point if you want to go back and enter more items into the order simply click on the
lsquoBackrsquo button on the top left hand side of the screen
19 Order Review ndash Changes
In the Order Review screen we are able to make any changes required In the previous section we noticed
that we had ordered a Bulk of Moros as opposed to one Repack To amend this click on the pencil
icon next to the line you want to change
The following box appears on the screen where you can change the order from say 1 Bulk to 1 Repack as
has been done in this example Once you are happy with your changes then simply click on the lsquoUpdatersquo
button Similarly you could also click on the lsquoDeletersquo button to delete this item from the order completely
We can now see that the Moro order has been updated in the main Order Review Screen and it has
dropped back down to third in the list based on its new value of $3570
110 Sending an Order
Once an order has been built and reviewed then to send it through to the DC simply click on the lsquoSend
Orderrsquo button
You will then be prompted with a warning box in case you have pushed the button in error
Simply click on the lsquoYesrsquo button to send the order or lsquoNorsquo to return back to the order review screen
111 Printing an order
If you are reviewing a large order you may find it difficult to remember which product are up to in the
large list You can print out an order to assist you with that To print out an order you firstly need to save
that There are 2 buttons in the Review Order screen ndash PDF and CSV
Use the PDF option to print the list and use the CSV option to download the data to a spreadsheet
112 Item History
When in the order entry screen on the right hand side is an button This gives the buyer a
more comprehensive buying history of the particular product as opposed to just the last time is was
purchased that appears on the front buying screen Once you have reviewed the data simply click on the
lsquoOKrsquo button to return to the buying screen
113 Future Promotions
When in the order entry screen on the right hand side is another button will display if there are future
promotions for the selected product This will display all the future promotions that we are aware of for
this product
The Future Promos button will be either Red or Green
Green indicates that the buy-in period for the new promotion starts immediately after any current
promotion finishes ndash Investment buying may therefore not be necessary
Red indicates there is a gap between the current promotion finishing and the new one starting ndash So this is
your flag to consider making an investment buy
Pressing this button displays any current promotion as well as any future ones to allow you to compare
between them
Handy Hint Pricing for future promotions is only finalised 2 weeks before the promotion starts so be
aware the cost andor promotion price may change closer to the promotion start date
114 Promotional Schedule
At all times within the ordering tool in the top header section is the lsquoPromotional Schedulersquo button
This button gives you a view of the current promotional programme in a table format within the
application as per the screen shot below
Along the top of the report are the following selection filters
End Date This Week Next Week
Advertised Advertised Non-Advertised
Department Bakery Beer etchellip
Supplier DC Direct Supplier
GPSavings Top 50 GP Top 25 GP Top 50 Customer Savings Top 25 Customer Savings
Handy Hint These filters work on an lsquoANDrsquo basis So if you select more than one filter it will be for
example lsquoThis Weekrsquo AND lsquoAdvertisedrsquo AND lsquoBeerrsquo
The resulting data can then be either printed or downloaded to a spreadsheet Use the PDF option to print
the list and use the CSV option to download the data to a spreadsheet
115 Order Deletion
If you need to delete an entire order then this is possible in the order overview screen Simply click on
the icon and you will be presented with the following option
116 Copy Order
If you want to copy an entire order including quantities you can do that from the Review Order screen
You can copy an order that is still in progress or one that has been sent
The copy order function is accessible through the Review Order screen for an order
Click on the icon and you will see the option to copy the current order
Selecting this will copy the order ndash a message will show at the bottom of the page indicating the order has
been copied
The copied order is created with the same name as the order it was copied from and will show in the Order
List page
You can then select the order by clicking on that and by pressing the Review Order button on the next
page go into the order to update that
Within the Review Order page you can then update the name of the order and enter a delivery date
Handy Hint The copied order is created with no Delivery Date so you will need to enter that to show the
correct promotion status and cost of each item in the order
You can then use the pencil icon on each line to update the quantities as needed
To delete an item from the order use the pencil icon then select Delete
117 Templates Overview
Templates are a feature in the system to assist stores to build orders quickly for commonly ordered items
Templates are a list of products with no quantities assigned to them The screenshot below is a sample
template
A store can have many templates and when creating an order you have the option to add one or more of
those templates to your order
118 Simple or Extended mode
Templates are an advanced function some stores may not wish to use those To hide or show those
advanced functions Cheeky Charlie has 2 modes ndash Simple or Extended Extended mode includes
templates and Simple mode does not
To switch between Simple or Extended mode use the cog icon on any screen
When you press that if you are in Simple mode you have the option to switch to Enhanced
If you are already in Extended mode you have the option to switch to Simple mode
119 Create a template
Templates are effectively a type of order with zero quantities for each item
Templates can be created in 2 ways
1 Create a template from new
2 Create a template from an existing order
Create a template from new Ensure you are in Extended mode (see above)
Press the button as you would to create an order
An option will display to create as a Template
Tick this box give the order a name and press the Create Order button Donrsquot worry about changing the
delivery date as that will not be used in the template
You are then taken to a screen where you can start adding items to the template by either scanning
barcodes or entering product codes
You can tell you are in a template as the Review Order button has been replaced by the Review Template
button
When you enter or scan a product code you have the option to add that to the template
When you press the Add to Template button you are taken back to the previous screen ready to add the
next item to the template Continue until your template is built
Create a template from an existing order Choose an existing order If it is an order that has not been sent yet select Review Order If the order has
been sent you will automatically be taken to the Review Order screen
From the Cog on the menu select Copy as Template
A confirmation message will show at the bottom of the page to indicate the order has been copied as a
template
Go back to the order list page and select the Templates tab
That will show all the templates for your store The order you have just copied will be there with the same
name
Select that newly created template and then press the Review Template button to allow you to update the
name of the template
Within here as required you can delete individual items out of the template by using the rubbish bin icon
120 Editing templates
Templates can be edited to change the name add items or delete items You can also delete a template
entirely
To change a template name from the Review screen update the name
To delete items from a template from the Review screen press the rubbish bin icon
To add additional items to a template follow the instructions above for Create a Template From New
To delete a template from within the Review screen press the cog
From the options select Delete Order that will prompt you to confirm to delete then choose yes and the
template will be deleted
121 Create and update an order using templates
Ensure you are in Extended mode
From the Order List screen press the button to create an order
Enter the order name and update the delivery date as usual
Under the delivery date there is the Order Template list which shows all templates created for the store
Clicking on this displays the list of templates
You can select one or more of those templates and the items from each template will be added to the order
when created Select the templates required and press the Create Order button
The order will be created and you will be taken to the screen so you can add additional items to that order
by scanning as usual
You can review the items from the template that were added by using the Review Order button
That displays all items in the order All the items that were added from templates will show as having zero
quantities
You can then use the pencil icon on the right of each line to update the quantites as required
Handy Hint You donrsquot need to delete items from the template that you donrsquot need in the order When you
send the order any items with a quantity of zero will automatically be deleted from the order
To allow you to easily identify what items in your order have zero quantities a button is displayed called
Filter Zero Qty This button only appears if you have any items with zero quantities in your order
When you press that only those items with zero quantities are displayed
At the bottom of the page it will tell you how many items you currently have filtered from the total order
When you have pressed the Filter button that button will also change to say Show All Pressing that then
displays all items in the order whether they have zero quantities or not
Cheeky Charlie Stocktake Training
21 Introduction
Stocktake functionality has been built into Cheeky Charlie to assist stores in the process of stocktaking
This allows stores to create multiple stocktakes so if you want to perform stocktakes more than just an
annual stocktake you can
The stocktake tool works by using information either from your ticket printing store scan or scanning of
individual barcodes The system populates cost information from POS along with department information
from Cheeky Charlie for hosted products
You need to enter the quantity counted in your stocktake for each product and the system produces a
report summarising costs by department
The stocktake functionality is optional to use ndash you may use it or not to suit your individual requirements
The latest version of this manual is available within the Cheeky Charlie by clicking on the icon
22 Create a Stocktake
Creating a stocktake is done by using the cog icon from any screen in Cheeky Charlie
From the options available choose Stocktake
This brings up a screen where you can create a new stocktake or open an existing one
Create a new Stocktake by clicking the green + button in the bottom right hand corner of the screen
This displays the screen where you can name your stocktake and add products to it
23 Name Stocktake
In the screen enter a name for your stocktake You can have multiple stocktakes so name your stocktake in
a way that it you can identify between them
Handy Hint Create your stocktake name with a date eg ldquoMarch 31 2017 full stocktakerdquo or ldquoTobacco
monthly June 2016rdquo
24 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate From Store Scan
There are multiple ways you can populate your stocktake
You can populate your stocktake with details from your ticket printing store scan That function is
accessed through the red Populate Stocked Products That takes 1-2 minutes to run after you press that
button
Please note that you can only use this button when you have first created the stocktake before you add any
other product into it The reason for that is the last thing you need is to accidentally press that button and
add the same products part way through the stocktake process when you have already added the same
items previously
Pressing this button not only adds the products from your store scan it also takes the current price from
POS along with the associated department for any host supported products
You can update the Dept field for any item by selecting from the pull-down list The quantity and price can
also be updated
Filters exist for Dept Quantity and Price
Dept lets you select from any department and you can also select the blank line from the pull-down list to
select those items with a blank department
Quantity lets you select from either All items or those with a blank quantity (identifying items you still
need to update for your stocktake)
Price also lets you select from All items or those with a blank price (identifying items you still need to
update for your stocktake)
In addition to updating Dept Quantity and Price fields in the stocktake you can also scan additional items
You access that by pressing the green Scan Items button
That brings up the following screen
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
If you want to return to the list of all items in the stocktake press the Back button
25 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate By Scanning Barcodes
This function allows you to scan the barcodes of products to add them to your stocktake When you scan
each item the system retrieves details of the product from POS and returns the description and price
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
Continue scanning and adding quantities until you have completed your scan of products for your
stocktake
When you have finished press the Back button
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
Once you have completed your ordering or at any time you like you can click on the Review Order bar to
see an overview of what has been ordered
17 Review Order
At any stage when you click on the lsquoReview Orderrsquo Screen you will see a summary of what has been
added to the order so far
Your Order can be sorted on any of the columns by simply clicking on that column header
The Traffic Light system Works as follows
GREEN - Product IS on Special
AMBER - Product IS on Special BUT it is its last week so should this be an investment buy
RED - Product is NOT on Special but will be coming on special soon
WHITE - Product is NOT on Special now or in the near future
Promo Data Column Abbreviations
N - Not on Promotion no forward visibility of any promotional activity
F - Future Promotion
ES - Ending Soon
Y - On Promotion
Handy Hint Click on the lsquoBulkrsquo or lsquoRepackrsquo Column to sort all of the Bulks or Repacks together for easy
checking to make sure you havenrsquot accidently ordered a Bulk instead of a Repack Another way to check
for order errors is to sort on the Estimated Cost Column from highest line cost to lowest This can
potentially pick up keying errors
18 Review Order ndash Cost Information
The system will provide you with an estimated cost of the order In the Order Review Screen click on the
lsquoEstimated Costrsquo column heading
- Indicates that the list is sorted on the Estimated cost column in an lsquoDescendingrsquo
order Click the column heading again
- Indicates that the column is now sorted in an lsquoAscendingrsquo order
Note The data can only be sorted on one column as a time
In the example below I have sorted the order based on lsquoEstimated Costrsquo in a lsquoDescendingrsquo Order
At the bottom of the screen the system gives us how many items we are ordering along with the cost of the
order which is helpful for cash flow management
Note that we are potentially going to spend $14280 on Mororsquos ndash I thought I was only ordering 1 box so
something is wrong here If I then look at the BulkRepack columns I can see that I have ordered a Bulk
which in this case is a shipper which is not what I wanted We will amend this order in the following step
Handy Hint At this point if you want to go back and enter more items into the order simply click on the
lsquoBackrsquo button on the top left hand side of the screen
19 Order Review ndash Changes
In the Order Review screen we are able to make any changes required In the previous section we noticed
that we had ordered a Bulk of Moros as opposed to one Repack To amend this click on the pencil
icon next to the line you want to change
The following box appears on the screen where you can change the order from say 1 Bulk to 1 Repack as
has been done in this example Once you are happy with your changes then simply click on the lsquoUpdatersquo
button Similarly you could also click on the lsquoDeletersquo button to delete this item from the order completely
We can now see that the Moro order has been updated in the main Order Review Screen and it has
dropped back down to third in the list based on its new value of $3570
110 Sending an Order
Once an order has been built and reviewed then to send it through to the DC simply click on the lsquoSend
Orderrsquo button
You will then be prompted with a warning box in case you have pushed the button in error
Simply click on the lsquoYesrsquo button to send the order or lsquoNorsquo to return back to the order review screen
111 Printing an order
If you are reviewing a large order you may find it difficult to remember which product are up to in the
large list You can print out an order to assist you with that To print out an order you firstly need to save
that There are 2 buttons in the Review Order screen ndash PDF and CSV
Use the PDF option to print the list and use the CSV option to download the data to a spreadsheet
112 Item History
When in the order entry screen on the right hand side is an button This gives the buyer a
more comprehensive buying history of the particular product as opposed to just the last time is was
purchased that appears on the front buying screen Once you have reviewed the data simply click on the
lsquoOKrsquo button to return to the buying screen
113 Future Promotions
When in the order entry screen on the right hand side is another button will display if there are future
promotions for the selected product This will display all the future promotions that we are aware of for
this product
The Future Promos button will be either Red or Green
Green indicates that the buy-in period for the new promotion starts immediately after any current
promotion finishes ndash Investment buying may therefore not be necessary
Red indicates there is a gap between the current promotion finishing and the new one starting ndash So this is
your flag to consider making an investment buy
Pressing this button displays any current promotion as well as any future ones to allow you to compare
between them
Handy Hint Pricing for future promotions is only finalised 2 weeks before the promotion starts so be
aware the cost andor promotion price may change closer to the promotion start date
114 Promotional Schedule
At all times within the ordering tool in the top header section is the lsquoPromotional Schedulersquo button
This button gives you a view of the current promotional programme in a table format within the
application as per the screen shot below
Along the top of the report are the following selection filters
End Date This Week Next Week
Advertised Advertised Non-Advertised
Department Bakery Beer etchellip
Supplier DC Direct Supplier
GPSavings Top 50 GP Top 25 GP Top 50 Customer Savings Top 25 Customer Savings
Handy Hint These filters work on an lsquoANDrsquo basis So if you select more than one filter it will be for
example lsquoThis Weekrsquo AND lsquoAdvertisedrsquo AND lsquoBeerrsquo
The resulting data can then be either printed or downloaded to a spreadsheet Use the PDF option to print
the list and use the CSV option to download the data to a spreadsheet
115 Order Deletion
If you need to delete an entire order then this is possible in the order overview screen Simply click on
the icon and you will be presented with the following option
116 Copy Order
If you want to copy an entire order including quantities you can do that from the Review Order screen
You can copy an order that is still in progress or one that has been sent
The copy order function is accessible through the Review Order screen for an order
Click on the icon and you will see the option to copy the current order
Selecting this will copy the order ndash a message will show at the bottom of the page indicating the order has
been copied
The copied order is created with the same name as the order it was copied from and will show in the Order
List page
You can then select the order by clicking on that and by pressing the Review Order button on the next
page go into the order to update that
Within the Review Order page you can then update the name of the order and enter a delivery date
Handy Hint The copied order is created with no Delivery Date so you will need to enter that to show the
correct promotion status and cost of each item in the order
You can then use the pencil icon on each line to update the quantities as needed
To delete an item from the order use the pencil icon then select Delete
117 Templates Overview
Templates are a feature in the system to assist stores to build orders quickly for commonly ordered items
Templates are a list of products with no quantities assigned to them The screenshot below is a sample
template
A store can have many templates and when creating an order you have the option to add one or more of
those templates to your order
118 Simple or Extended mode
Templates are an advanced function some stores may not wish to use those To hide or show those
advanced functions Cheeky Charlie has 2 modes ndash Simple or Extended Extended mode includes
templates and Simple mode does not
To switch between Simple or Extended mode use the cog icon on any screen
When you press that if you are in Simple mode you have the option to switch to Enhanced
If you are already in Extended mode you have the option to switch to Simple mode
119 Create a template
Templates are effectively a type of order with zero quantities for each item
Templates can be created in 2 ways
1 Create a template from new
2 Create a template from an existing order
Create a template from new Ensure you are in Extended mode (see above)
Press the button as you would to create an order
An option will display to create as a Template
Tick this box give the order a name and press the Create Order button Donrsquot worry about changing the
delivery date as that will not be used in the template
You are then taken to a screen where you can start adding items to the template by either scanning
barcodes or entering product codes
You can tell you are in a template as the Review Order button has been replaced by the Review Template
button
When you enter or scan a product code you have the option to add that to the template
When you press the Add to Template button you are taken back to the previous screen ready to add the
next item to the template Continue until your template is built
Create a template from an existing order Choose an existing order If it is an order that has not been sent yet select Review Order If the order has
been sent you will automatically be taken to the Review Order screen
From the Cog on the menu select Copy as Template
A confirmation message will show at the bottom of the page to indicate the order has been copied as a
template
Go back to the order list page and select the Templates tab
That will show all the templates for your store The order you have just copied will be there with the same
name
Select that newly created template and then press the Review Template button to allow you to update the
name of the template
Within here as required you can delete individual items out of the template by using the rubbish bin icon
120 Editing templates
Templates can be edited to change the name add items or delete items You can also delete a template
entirely
To change a template name from the Review screen update the name
To delete items from a template from the Review screen press the rubbish bin icon
To add additional items to a template follow the instructions above for Create a Template From New
To delete a template from within the Review screen press the cog
From the options select Delete Order that will prompt you to confirm to delete then choose yes and the
template will be deleted
121 Create and update an order using templates
Ensure you are in Extended mode
From the Order List screen press the button to create an order
Enter the order name and update the delivery date as usual
Under the delivery date there is the Order Template list which shows all templates created for the store
Clicking on this displays the list of templates
You can select one or more of those templates and the items from each template will be added to the order
when created Select the templates required and press the Create Order button
The order will be created and you will be taken to the screen so you can add additional items to that order
by scanning as usual
You can review the items from the template that were added by using the Review Order button
That displays all items in the order All the items that were added from templates will show as having zero
quantities
You can then use the pencil icon on the right of each line to update the quantites as required
Handy Hint You donrsquot need to delete items from the template that you donrsquot need in the order When you
send the order any items with a quantity of zero will automatically be deleted from the order
To allow you to easily identify what items in your order have zero quantities a button is displayed called
Filter Zero Qty This button only appears if you have any items with zero quantities in your order
When you press that only those items with zero quantities are displayed
At the bottom of the page it will tell you how many items you currently have filtered from the total order
When you have pressed the Filter button that button will also change to say Show All Pressing that then
displays all items in the order whether they have zero quantities or not
Cheeky Charlie Stocktake Training
21 Introduction
Stocktake functionality has been built into Cheeky Charlie to assist stores in the process of stocktaking
This allows stores to create multiple stocktakes so if you want to perform stocktakes more than just an
annual stocktake you can
The stocktake tool works by using information either from your ticket printing store scan or scanning of
individual barcodes The system populates cost information from POS along with department information
from Cheeky Charlie for hosted products
You need to enter the quantity counted in your stocktake for each product and the system produces a
report summarising costs by department
The stocktake functionality is optional to use ndash you may use it or not to suit your individual requirements
The latest version of this manual is available within the Cheeky Charlie by clicking on the icon
22 Create a Stocktake
Creating a stocktake is done by using the cog icon from any screen in Cheeky Charlie
From the options available choose Stocktake
This brings up a screen where you can create a new stocktake or open an existing one
Create a new Stocktake by clicking the green + button in the bottom right hand corner of the screen
This displays the screen where you can name your stocktake and add products to it
23 Name Stocktake
In the screen enter a name for your stocktake You can have multiple stocktakes so name your stocktake in
a way that it you can identify between them
Handy Hint Create your stocktake name with a date eg ldquoMarch 31 2017 full stocktakerdquo or ldquoTobacco
monthly June 2016rdquo
24 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate From Store Scan
There are multiple ways you can populate your stocktake
You can populate your stocktake with details from your ticket printing store scan That function is
accessed through the red Populate Stocked Products That takes 1-2 minutes to run after you press that
button
Please note that you can only use this button when you have first created the stocktake before you add any
other product into it The reason for that is the last thing you need is to accidentally press that button and
add the same products part way through the stocktake process when you have already added the same
items previously
Pressing this button not only adds the products from your store scan it also takes the current price from
POS along with the associated department for any host supported products
You can update the Dept field for any item by selecting from the pull-down list The quantity and price can
also be updated
Filters exist for Dept Quantity and Price
Dept lets you select from any department and you can also select the blank line from the pull-down list to
select those items with a blank department
Quantity lets you select from either All items or those with a blank quantity (identifying items you still
need to update for your stocktake)
Price also lets you select from All items or those with a blank price (identifying items you still need to
update for your stocktake)
In addition to updating Dept Quantity and Price fields in the stocktake you can also scan additional items
You access that by pressing the green Scan Items button
That brings up the following screen
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
If you want to return to the list of all items in the stocktake press the Back button
25 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate By Scanning Barcodes
This function allows you to scan the barcodes of products to add them to your stocktake When you scan
each item the system retrieves details of the product from POS and returns the description and price
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
Continue scanning and adding quantities until you have completed your scan of products for your
stocktake
When you have finished press the Back button
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
Your Order can be sorted on any of the columns by simply clicking on that column header
The Traffic Light system Works as follows
GREEN - Product IS on Special
AMBER - Product IS on Special BUT it is its last week so should this be an investment buy
RED - Product is NOT on Special but will be coming on special soon
WHITE - Product is NOT on Special now or in the near future
Promo Data Column Abbreviations
N - Not on Promotion no forward visibility of any promotional activity
F - Future Promotion
ES - Ending Soon
Y - On Promotion
Handy Hint Click on the lsquoBulkrsquo or lsquoRepackrsquo Column to sort all of the Bulks or Repacks together for easy
checking to make sure you havenrsquot accidently ordered a Bulk instead of a Repack Another way to check
for order errors is to sort on the Estimated Cost Column from highest line cost to lowest This can
potentially pick up keying errors
18 Review Order ndash Cost Information
The system will provide you with an estimated cost of the order In the Order Review Screen click on the
lsquoEstimated Costrsquo column heading
- Indicates that the list is sorted on the Estimated cost column in an lsquoDescendingrsquo
order Click the column heading again
- Indicates that the column is now sorted in an lsquoAscendingrsquo order
Note The data can only be sorted on one column as a time
In the example below I have sorted the order based on lsquoEstimated Costrsquo in a lsquoDescendingrsquo Order
At the bottom of the screen the system gives us how many items we are ordering along with the cost of the
order which is helpful for cash flow management
Note that we are potentially going to spend $14280 on Mororsquos ndash I thought I was only ordering 1 box so
something is wrong here If I then look at the BulkRepack columns I can see that I have ordered a Bulk
which in this case is a shipper which is not what I wanted We will amend this order in the following step
Handy Hint At this point if you want to go back and enter more items into the order simply click on the
lsquoBackrsquo button on the top left hand side of the screen
19 Order Review ndash Changes
In the Order Review screen we are able to make any changes required In the previous section we noticed
that we had ordered a Bulk of Moros as opposed to one Repack To amend this click on the pencil
icon next to the line you want to change
The following box appears on the screen where you can change the order from say 1 Bulk to 1 Repack as
has been done in this example Once you are happy with your changes then simply click on the lsquoUpdatersquo
button Similarly you could also click on the lsquoDeletersquo button to delete this item from the order completely
We can now see that the Moro order has been updated in the main Order Review Screen and it has
dropped back down to third in the list based on its new value of $3570
110 Sending an Order
Once an order has been built and reviewed then to send it through to the DC simply click on the lsquoSend
Orderrsquo button
You will then be prompted with a warning box in case you have pushed the button in error
Simply click on the lsquoYesrsquo button to send the order or lsquoNorsquo to return back to the order review screen
111 Printing an order
If you are reviewing a large order you may find it difficult to remember which product are up to in the
large list You can print out an order to assist you with that To print out an order you firstly need to save
that There are 2 buttons in the Review Order screen ndash PDF and CSV
Use the PDF option to print the list and use the CSV option to download the data to a spreadsheet
112 Item History
When in the order entry screen on the right hand side is an button This gives the buyer a
more comprehensive buying history of the particular product as opposed to just the last time is was
purchased that appears on the front buying screen Once you have reviewed the data simply click on the
lsquoOKrsquo button to return to the buying screen
113 Future Promotions
When in the order entry screen on the right hand side is another button will display if there are future
promotions for the selected product This will display all the future promotions that we are aware of for
this product
The Future Promos button will be either Red or Green
Green indicates that the buy-in period for the new promotion starts immediately after any current
promotion finishes ndash Investment buying may therefore not be necessary
Red indicates there is a gap between the current promotion finishing and the new one starting ndash So this is
your flag to consider making an investment buy
Pressing this button displays any current promotion as well as any future ones to allow you to compare
between them
Handy Hint Pricing for future promotions is only finalised 2 weeks before the promotion starts so be
aware the cost andor promotion price may change closer to the promotion start date
114 Promotional Schedule
At all times within the ordering tool in the top header section is the lsquoPromotional Schedulersquo button
This button gives you a view of the current promotional programme in a table format within the
application as per the screen shot below
Along the top of the report are the following selection filters
End Date This Week Next Week
Advertised Advertised Non-Advertised
Department Bakery Beer etchellip
Supplier DC Direct Supplier
GPSavings Top 50 GP Top 25 GP Top 50 Customer Savings Top 25 Customer Savings
Handy Hint These filters work on an lsquoANDrsquo basis So if you select more than one filter it will be for
example lsquoThis Weekrsquo AND lsquoAdvertisedrsquo AND lsquoBeerrsquo
The resulting data can then be either printed or downloaded to a spreadsheet Use the PDF option to print
the list and use the CSV option to download the data to a spreadsheet
115 Order Deletion
If you need to delete an entire order then this is possible in the order overview screen Simply click on
the icon and you will be presented with the following option
116 Copy Order
If you want to copy an entire order including quantities you can do that from the Review Order screen
You can copy an order that is still in progress or one that has been sent
The copy order function is accessible through the Review Order screen for an order
Click on the icon and you will see the option to copy the current order
Selecting this will copy the order ndash a message will show at the bottom of the page indicating the order has
been copied
The copied order is created with the same name as the order it was copied from and will show in the Order
List page
You can then select the order by clicking on that and by pressing the Review Order button on the next
page go into the order to update that
Within the Review Order page you can then update the name of the order and enter a delivery date
Handy Hint The copied order is created with no Delivery Date so you will need to enter that to show the
correct promotion status and cost of each item in the order
You can then use the pencil icon on each line to update the quantities as needed
To delete an item from the order use the pencil icon then select Delete
117 Templates Overview
Templates are a feature in the system to assist stores to build orders quickly for commonly ordered items
Templates are a list of products with no quantities assigned to them The screenshot below is a sample
template
A store can have many templates and when creating an order you have the option to add one or more of
those templates to your order
118 Simple or Extended mode
Templates are an advanced function some stores may not wish to use those To hide or show those
advanced functions Cheeky Charlie has 2 modes ndash Simple or Extended Extended mode includes
templates and Simple mode does not
To switch between Simple or Extended mode use the cog icon on any screen
When you press that if you are in Simple mode you have the option to switch to Enhanced
If you are already in Extended mode you have the option to switch to Simple mode
119 Create a template
Templates are effectively a type of order with zero quantities for each item
Templates can be created in 2 ways
1 Create a template from new
2 Create a template from an existing order
Create a template from new Ensure you are in Extended mode (see above)
Press the button as you would to create an order
An option will display to create as a Template
Tick this box give the order a name and press the Create Order button Donrsquot worry about changing the
delivery date as that will not be used in the template
You are then taken to a screen where you can start adding items to the template by either scanning
barcodes or entering product codes
You can tell you are in a template as the Review Order button has been replaced by the Review Template
button
When you enter or scan a product code you have the option to add that to the template
When you press the Add to Template button you are taken back to the previous screen ready to add the
next item to the template Continue until your template is built
Create a template from an existing order Choose an existing order If it is an order that has not been sent yet select Review Order If the order has
been sent you will automatically be taken to the Review Order screen
From the Cog on the menu select Copy as Template
A confirmation message will show at the bottom of the page to indicate the order has been copied as a
template
Go back to the order list page and select the Templates tab
That will show all the templates for your store The order you have just copied will be there with the same
name
Select that newly created template and then press the Review Template button to allow you to update the
name of the template
Within here as required you can delete individual items out of the template by using the rubbish bin icon
120 Editing templates
Templates can be edited to change the name add items or delete items You can also delete a template
entirely
To change a template name from the Review screen update the name
To delete items from a template from the Review screen press the rubbish bin icon
To add additional items to a template follow the instructions above for Create a Template From New
To delete a template from within the Review screen press the cog
From the options select Delete Order that will prompt you to confirm to delete then choose yes and the
template will be deleted
121 Create and update an order using templates
Ensure you are in Extended mode
From the Order List screen press the button to create an order
Enter the order name and update the delivery date as usual
Under the delivery date there is the Order Template list which shows all templates created for the store
Clicking on this displays the list of templates
You can select one or more of those templates and the items from each template will be added to the order
when created Select the templates required and press the Create Order button
The order will be created and you will be taken to the screen so you can add additional items to that order
by scanning as usual
You can review the items from the template that were added by using the Review Order button
That displays all items in the order All the items that were added from templates will show as having zero
quantities
You can then use the pencil icon on the right of each line to update the quantites as required
Handy Hint You donrsquot need to delete items from the template that you donrsquot need in the order When you
send the order any items with a quantity of zero will automatically be deleted from the order
To allow you to easily identify what items in your order have zero quantities a button is displayed called
Filter Zero Qty This button only appears if you have any items with zero quantities in your order
When you press that only those items with zero quantities are displayed
At the bottom of the page it will tell you how many items you currently have filtered from the total order
When you have pressed the Filter button that button will also change to say Show All Pressing that then
displays all items in the order whether they have zero quantities or not
Cheeky Charlie Stocktake Training
21 Introduction
Stocktake functionality has been built into Cheeky Charlie to assist stores in the process of stocktaking
This allows stores to create multiple stocktakes so if you want to perform stocktakes more than just an
annual stocktake you can
The stocktake tool works by using information either from your ticket printing store scan or scanning of
individual barcodes The system populates cost information from POS along with department information
from Cheeky Charlie for hosted products
You need to enter the quantity counted in your stocktake for each product and the system produces a
report summarising costs by department
The stocktake functionality is optional to use ndash you may use it or not to suit your individual requirements
The latest version of this manual is available within the Cheeky Charlie by clicking on the icon
22 Create a Stocktake
Creating a stocktake is done by using the cog icon from any screen in Cheeky Charlie
From the options available choose Stocktake
This brings up a screen where you can create a new stocktake or open an existing one
Create a new Stocktake by clicking the green + button in the bottom right hand corner of the screen
This displays the screen where you can name your stocktake and add products to it
23 Name Stocktake
In the screen enter a name for your stocktake You can have multiple stocktakes so name your stocktake in
a way that it you can identify between them
Handy Hint Create your stocktake name with a date eg ldquoMarch 31 2017 full stocktakerdquo or ldquoTobacco
monthly June 2016rdquo
24 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate From Store Scan
There are multiple ways you can populate your stocktake
You can populate your stocktake with details from your ticket printing store scan That function is
accessed through the red Populate Stocked Products That takes 1-2 minutes to run after you press that
button
Please note that you can only use this button when you have first created the stocktake before you add any
other product into it The reason for that is the last thing you need is to accidentally press that button and
add the same products part way through the stocktake process when you have already added the same
items previously
Pressing this button not only adds the products from your store scan it also takes the current price from
POS along with the associated department for any host supported products
You can update the Dept field for any item by selecting from the pull-down list The quantity and price can
also be updated
Filters exist for Dept Quantity and Price
Dept lets you select from any department and you can also select the blank line from the pull-down list to
select those items with a blank department
Quantity lets you select from either All items or those with a blank quantity (identifying items you still
need to update for your stocktake)
Price also lets you select from All items or those with a blank price (identifying items you still need to
update for your stocktake)
In addition to updating Dept Quantity and Price fields in the stocktake you can also scan additional items
You access that by pressing the green Scan Items button
That brings up the following screen
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
If you want to return to the list of all items in the stocktake press the Back button
25 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate By Scanning Barcodes
This function allows you to scan the barcodes of products to add them to your stocktake When you scan
each item the system retrieves details of the product from POS and returns the description and price
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
Continue scanning and adding quantities until you have completed your scan of products for your
stocktake
When you have finished press the Back button
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
In the example below I have sorted the order based on lsquoEstimated Costrsquo in a lsquoDescendingrsquo Order
At the bottom of the screen the system gives us how many items we are ordering along with the cost of the
order which is helpful for cash flow management
Note that we are potentially going to spend $14280 on Mororsquos ndash I thought I was only ordering 1 box so
something is wrong here If I then look at the BulkRepack columns I can see that I have ordered a Bulk
which in this case is a shipper which is not what I wanted We will amend this order in the following step
Handy Hint At this point if you want to go back and enter more items into the order simply click on the
lsquoBackrsquo button on the top left hand side of the screen
19 Order Review ndash Changes
In the Order Review screen we are able to make any changes required In the previous section we noticed
that we had ordered a Bulk of Moros as opposed to one Repack To amend this click on the pencil
icon next to the line you want to change
The following box appears on the screen where you can change the order from say 1 Bulk to 1 Repack as
has been done in this example Once you are happy with your changes then simply click on the lsquoUpdatersquo
button Similarly you could also click on the lsquoDeletersquo button to delete this item from the order completely
We can now see that the Moro order has been updated in the main Order Review Screen and it has
dropped back down to third in the list based on its new value of $3570
110 Sending an Order
Once an order has been built and reviewed then to send it through to the DC simply click on the lsquoSend
Orderrsquo button
You will then be prompted with a warning box in case you have pushed the button in error
Simply click on the lsquoYesrsquo button to send the order or lsquoNorsquo to return back to the order review screen
111 Printing an order
If you are reviewing a large order you may find it difficult to remember which product are up to in the
large list You can print out an order to assist you with that To print out an order you firstly need to save
that There are 2 buttons in the Review Order screen ndash PDF and CSV
Use the PDF option to print the list and use the CSV option to download the data to a spreadsheet
112 Item History
When in the order entry screen on the right hand side is an button This gives the buyer a
more comprehensive buying history of the particular product as opposed to just the last time is was
purchased that appears on the front buying screen Once you have reviewed the data simply click on the
lsquoOKrsquo button to return to the buying screen
113 Future Promotions
When in the order entry screen on the right hand side is another button will display if there are future
promotions for the selected product This will display all the future promotions that we are aware of for
this product
The Future Promos button will be either Red or Green
Green indicates that the buy-in period for the new promotion starts immediately after any current
promotion finishes ndash Investment buying may therefore not be necessary
Red indicates there is a gap between the current promotion finishing and the new one starting ndash So this is
your flag to consider making an investment buy
Pressing this button displays any current promotion as well as any future ones to allow you to compare
between them
Handy Hint Pricing for future promotions is only finalised 2 weeks before the promotion starts so be
aware the cost andor promotion price may change closer to the promotion start date
114 Promotional Schedule
At all times within the ordering tool in the top header section is the lsquoPromotional Schedulersquo button
This button gives you a view of the current promotional programme in a table format within the
application as per the screen shot below
Along the top of the report are the following selection filters
End Date This Week Next Week
Advertised Advertised Non-Advertised
Department Bakery Beer etchellip
Supplier DC Direct Supplier
GPSavings Top 50 GP Top 25 GP Top 50 Customer Savings Top 25 Customer Savings
Handy Hint These filters work on an lsquoANDrsquo basis So if you select more than one filter it will be for
example lsquoThis Weekrsquo AND lsquoAdvertisedrsquo AND lsquoBeerrsquo
The resulting data can then be either printed or downloaded to a spreadsheet Use the PDF option to print
the list and use the CSV option to download the data to a spreadsheet
115 Order Deletion
If you need to delete an entire order then this is possible in the order overview screen Simply click on
the icon and you will be presented with the following option
116 Copy Order
If you want to copy an entire order including quantities you can do that from the Review Order screen
You can copy an order that is still in progress or one that has been sent
The copy order function is accessible through the Review Order screen for an order
Click on the icon and you will see the option to copy the current order
Selecting this will copy the order ndash a message will show at the bottom of the page indicating the order has
been copied
The copied order is created with the same name as the order it was copied from and will show in the Order
List page
You can then select the order by clicking on that and by pressing the Review Order button on the next
page go into the order to update that
Within the Review Order page you can then update the name of the order and enter a delivery date
Handy Hint The copied order is created with no Delivery Date so you will need to enter that to show the
correct promotion status and cost of each item in the order
You can then use the pencil icon on each line to update the quantities as needed
To delete an item from the order use the pencil icon then select Delete
117 Templates Overview
Templates are a feature in the system to assist stores to build orders quickly for commonly ordered items
Templates are a list of products with no quantities assigned to them The screenshot below is a sample
template
A store can have many templates and when creating an order you have the option to add one or more of
those templates to your order
118 Simple or Extended mode
Templates are an advanced function some stores may not wish to use those To hide or show those
advanced functions Cheeky Charlie has 2 modes ndash Simple or Extended Extended mode includes
templates and Simple mode does not
To switch between Simple or Extended mode use the cog icon on any screen
When you press that if you are in Simple mode you have the option to switch to Enhanced
If you are already in Extended mode you have the option to switch to Simple mode
119 Create a template
Templates are effectively a type of order with zero quantities for each item
Templates can be created in 2 ways
1 Create a template from new
2 Create a template from an existing order
Create a template from new Ensure you are in Extended mode (see above)
Press the button as you would to create an order
An option will display to create as a Template
Tick this box give the order a name and press the Create Order button Donrsquot worry about changing the
delivery date as that will not be used in the template
You are then taken to a screen where you can start adding items to the template by either scanning
barcodes or entering product codes
You can tell you are in a template as the Review Order button has been replaced by the Review Template
button
When you enter or scan a product code you have the option to add that to the template
When you press the Add to Template button you are taken back to the previous screen ready to add the
next item to the template Continue until your template is built
Create a template from an existing order Choose an existing order If it is an order that has not been sent yet select Review Order If the order has
been sent you will automatically be taken to the Review Order screen
From the Cog on the menu select Copy as Template
A confirmation message will show at the bottom of the page to indicate the order has been copied as a
template
Go back to the order list page and select the Templates tab
That will show all the templates for your store The order you have just copied will be there with the same
name
Select that newly created template and then press the Review Template button to allow you to update the
name of the template
Within here as required you can delete individual items out of the template by using the rubbish bin icon
120 Editing templates
Templates can be edited to change the name add items or delete items You can also delete a template
entirely
To change a template name from the Review screen update the name
To delete items from a template from the Review screen press the rubbish bin icon
To add additional items to a template follow the instructions above for Create a Template From New
To delete a template from within the Review screen press the cog
From the options select Delete Order that will prompt you to confirm to delete then choose yes and the
template will be deleted
121 Create and update an order using templates
Ensure you are in Extended mode
From the Order List screen press the button to create an order
Enter the order name and update the delivery date as usual
Under the delivery date there is the Order Template list which shows all templates created for the store
Clicking on this displays the list of templates
You can select one or more of those templates and the items from each template will be added to the order
when created Select the templates required and press the Create Order button
The order will be created and you will be taken to the screen so you can add additional items to that order
by scanning as usual
You can review the items from the template that were added by using the Review Order button
That displays all items in the order All the items that were added from templates will show as having zero
quantities
You can then use the pencil icon on the right of each line to update the quantites as required
Handy Hint You donrsquot need to delete items from the template that you donrsquot need in the order When you
send the order any items with a quantity of zero will automatically be deleted from the order
To allow you to easily identify what items in your order have zero quantities a button is displayed called
Filter Zero Qty This button only appears if you have any items with zero quantities in your order
When you press that only those items with zero quantities are displayed
At the bottom of the page it will tell you how many items you currently have filtered from the total order
When you have pressed the Filter button that button will also change to say Show All Pressing that then
displays all items in the order whether they have zero quantities or not
Cheeky Charlie Stocktake Training
21 Introduction
Stocktake functionality has been built into Cheeky Charlie to assist stores in the process of stocktaking
This allows stores to create multiple stocktakes so if you want to perform stocktakes more than just an
annual stocktake you can
The stocktake tool works by using information either from your ticket printing store scan or scanning of
individual barcodes The system populates cost information from POS along with department information
from Cheeky Charlie for hosted products
You need to enter the quantity counted in your stocktake for each product and the system produces a
report summarising costs by department
The stocktake functionality is optional to use ndash you may use it or not to suit your individual requirements
The latest version of this manual is available within the Cheeky Charlie by clicking on the icon
22 Create a Stocktake
Creating a stocktake is done by using the cog icon from any screen in Cheeky Charlie
From the options available choose Stocktake
This brings up a screen where you can create a new stocktake or open an existing one
Create a new Stocktake by clicking the green + button in the bottom right hand corner of the screen
This displays the screen where you can name your stocktake and add products to it
23 Name Stocktake
In the screen enter a name for your stocktake You can have multiple stocktakes so name your stocktake in
a way that it you can identify between them
Handy Hint Create your stocktake name with a date eg ldquoMarch 31 2017 full stocktakerdquo or ldquoTobacco
monthly June 2016rdquo
24 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate From Store Scan
There are multiple ways you can populate your stocktake
You can populate your stocktake with details from your ticket printing store scan That function is
accessed through the red Populate Stocked Products That takes 1-2 minutes to run after you press that
button
Please note that you can only use this button when you have first created the stocktake before you add any
other product into it The reason for that is the last thing you need is to accidentally press that button and
add the same products part way through the stocktake process when you have already added the same
items previously
Pressing this button not only adds the products from your store scan it also takes the current price from
POS along with the associated department for any host supported products
You can update the Dept field for any item by selecting from the pull-down list The quantity and price can
also be updated
Filters exist for Dept Quantity and Price
Dept lets you select from any department and you can also select the blank line from the pull-down list to
select those items with a blank department
Quantity lets you select from either All items or those with a blank quantity (identifying items you still
need to update for your stocktake)
Price also lets you select from All items or those with a blank price (identifying items you still need to
update for your stocktake)
In addition to updating Dept Quantity and Price fields in the stocktake you can also scan additional items
You access that by pressing the green Scan Items button
That brings up the following screen
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
If you want to return to the list of all items in the stocktake press the Back button
25 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate By Scanning Barcodes
This function allows you to scan the barcodes of products to add them to your stocktake When you scan
each item the system retrieves details of the product from POS and returns the description and price
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
Continue scanning and adding quantities until you have completed your scan of products for your
stocktake
When you have finished press the Back button
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
button Similarly you could also click on the lsquoDeletersquo button to delete this item from the order completely
We can now see that the Moro order has been updated in the main Order Review Screen and it has
dropped back down to third in the list based on its new value of $3570
110 Sending an Order
Once an order has been built and reviewed then to send it through to the DC simply click on the lsquoSend
Orderrsquo button
You will then be prompted with a warning box in case you have pushed the button in error
Simply click on the lsquoYesrsquo button to send the order or lsquoNorsquo to return back to the order review screen
111 Printing an order
If you are reviewing a large order you may find it difficult to remember which product are up to in the
large list You can print out an order to assist you with that To print out an order you firstly need to save
that There are 2 buttons in the Review Order screen ndash PDF and CSV
Use the PDF option to print the list and use the CSV option to download the data to a spreadsheet
112 Item History
When in the order entry screen on the right hand side is an button This gives the buyer a
more comprehensive buying history of the particular product as opposed to just the last time is was
purchased that appears on the front buying screen Once you have reviewed the data simply click on the
lsquoOKrsquo button to return to the buying screen
113 Future Promotions
When in the order entry screen on the right hand side is another button will display if there are future
promotions for the selected product This will display all the future promotions that we are aware of for
this product
The Future Promos button will be either Red or Green
Green indicates that the buy-in period for the new promotion starts immediately after any current
promotion finishes ndash Investment buying may therefore not be necessary
Red indicates there is a gap between the current promotion finishing and the new one starting ndash So this is
your flag to consider making an investment buy
Pressing this button displays any current promotion as well as any future ones to allow you to compare
between them
Handy Hint Pricing for future promotions is only finalised 2 weeks before the promotion starts so be
aware the cost andor promotion price may change closer to the promotion start date
114 Promotional Schedule
At all times within the ordering tool in the top header section is the lsquoPromotional Schedulersquo button
This button gives you a view of the current promotional programme in a table format within the
application as per the screen shot below
Along the top of the report are the following selection filters
End Date This Week Next Week
Advertised Advertised Non-Advertised
Department Bakery Beer etchellip
Supplier DC Direct Supplier
GPSavings Top 50 GP Top 25 GP Top 50 Customer Savings Top 25 Customer Savings
Handy Hint These filters work on an lsquoANDrsquo basis So if you select more than one filter it will be for
example lsquoThis Weekrsquo AND lsquoAdvertisedrsquo AND lsquoBeerrsquo
The resulting data can then be either printed or downloaded to a spreadsheet Use the PDF option to print
the list and use the CSV option to download the data to a spreadsheet
115 Order Deletion
If you need to delete an entire order then this is possible in the order overview screen Simply click on
the icon and you will be presented with the following option
116 Copy Order
If you want to copy an entire order including quantities you can do that from the Review Order screen
You can copy an order that is still in progress or one that has been sent
The copy order function is accessible through the Review Order screen for an order
Click on the icon and you will see the option to copy the current order
Selecting this will copy the order ndash a message will show at the bottom of the page indicating the order has
been copied
The copied order is created with the same name as the order it was copied from and will show in the Order
List page
You can then select the order by clicking on that and by pressing the Review Order button on the next
page go into the order to update that
Within the Review Order page you can then update the name of the order and enter a delivery date
Handy Hint The copied order is created with no Delivery Date so you will need to enter that to show the
correct promotion status and cost of each item in the order
You can then use the pencil icon on each line to update the quantities as needed
To delete an item from the order use the pencil icon then select Delete
117 Templates Overview
Templates are a feature in the system to assist stores to build orders quickly for commonly ordered items
Templates are a list of products with no quantities assigned to them The screenshot below is a sample
template
A store can have many templates and when creating an order you have the option to add one or more of
those templates to your order
118 Simple or Extended mode
Templates are an advanced function some stores may not wish to use those To hide or show those
advanced functions Cheeky Charlie has 2 modes ndash Simple or Extended Extended mode includes
templates and Simple mode does not
To switch between Simple or Extended mode use the cog icon on any screen
When you press that if you are in Simple mode you have the option to switch to Enhanced
If you are already in Extended mode you have the option to switch to Simple mode
119 Create a template
Templates are effectively a type of order with zero quantities for each item
Templates can be created in 2 ways
1 Create a template from new
2 Create a template from an existing order
Create a template from new Ensure you are in Extended mode (see above)
Press the button as you would to create an order
An option will display to create as a Template
Tick this box give the order a name and press the Create Order button Donrsquot worry about changing the
delivery date as that will not be used in the template
You are then taken to a screen where you can start adding items to the template by either scanning
barcodes or entering product codes
You can tell you are in a template as the Review Order button has been replaced by the Review Template
button
When you enter or scan a product code you have the option to add that to the template
When you press the Add to Template button you are taken back to the previous screen ready to add the
next item to the template Continue until your template is built
Create a template from an existing order Choose an existing order If it is an order that has not been sent yet select Review Order If the order has
been sent you will automatically be taken to the Review Order screen
From the Cog on the menu select Copy as Template
A confirmation message will show at the bottom of the page to indicate the order has been copied as a
template
Go back to the order list page and select the Templates tab
That will show all the templates for your store The order you have just copied will be there with the same
name
Select that newly created template and then press the Review Template button to allow you to update the
name of the template
Within here as required you can delete individual items out of the template by using the rubbish bin icon
120 Editing templates
Templates can be edited to change the name add items or delete items You can also delete a template
entirely
To change a template name from the Review screen update the name
To delete items from a template from the Review screen press the rubbish bin icon
To add additional items to a template follow the instructions above for Create a Template From New
To delete a template from within the Review screen press the cog
From the options select Delete Order that will prompt you to confirm to delete then choose yes and the
template will be deleted
121 Create and update an order using templates
Ensure you are in Extended mode
From the Order List screen press the button to create an order
Enter the order name and update the delivery date as usual
Under the delivery date there is the Order Template list which shows all templates created for the store
Clicking on this displays the list of templates
You can select one or more of those templates and the items from each template will be added to the order
when created Select the templates required and press the Create Order button
The order will be created and you will be taken to the screen so you can add additional items to that order
by scanning as usual
You can review the items from the template that were added by using the Review Order button
That displays all items in the order All the items that were added from templates will show as having zero
quantities
You can then use the pencil icon on the right of each line to update the quantites as required
Handy Hint You donrsquot need to delete items from the template that you donrsquot need in the order When you
send the order any items with a quantity of zero will automatically be deleted from the order
To allow you to easily identify what items in your order have zero quantities a button is displayed called
Filter Zero Qty This button only appears if you have any items with zero quantities in your order
When you press that only those items with zero quantities are displayed
At the bottom of the page it will tell you how many items you currently have filtered from the total order
When you have pressed the Filter button that button will also change to say Show All Pressing that then
displays all items in the order whether they have zero quantities or not
Cheeky Charlie Stocktake Training
21 Introduction
Stocktake functionality has been built into Cheeky Charlie to assist stores in the process of stocktaking
This allows stores to create multiple stocktakes so if you want to perform stocktakes more than just an
annual stocktake you can
The stocktake tool works by using information either from your ticket printing store scan or scanning of
individual barcodes The system populates cost information from POS along with department information
from Cheeky Charlie for hosted products
You need to enter the quantity counted in your stocktake for each product and the system produces a
report summarising costs by department
The stocktake functionality is optional to use ndash you may use it or not to suit your individual requirements
The latest version of this manual is available within the Cheeky Charlie by clicking on the icon
22 Create a Stocktake
Creating a stocktake is done by using the cog icon from any screen in Cheeky Charlie
From the options available choose Stocktake
This brings up a screen where you can create a new stocktake or open an existing one
Create a new Stocktake by clicking the green + button in the bottom right hand corner of the screen
This displays the screen where you can name your stocktake and add products to it
23 Name Stocktake
In the screen enter a name for your stocktake You can have multiple stocktakes so name your stocktake in
a way that it you can identify between them
Handy Hint Create your stocktake name with a date eg ldquoMarch 31 2017 full stocktakerdquo or ldquoTobacco
monthly June 2016rdquo
24 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate From Store Scan
There are multiple ways you can populate your stocktake
You can populate your stocktake with details from your ticket printing store scan That function is
accessed through the red Populate Stocked Products That takes 1-2 minutes to run after you press that
button
Please note that you can only use this button when you have first created the stocktake before you add any
other product into it The reason for that is the last thing you need is to accidentally press that button and
add the same products part way through the stocktake process when you have already added the same
items previously
Pressing this button not only adds the products from your store scan it also takes the current price from
POS along with the associated department for any host supported products
You can update the Dept field for any item by selecting from the pull-down list The quantity and price can
also be updated
Filters exist for Dept Quantity and Price
Dept lets you select from any department and you can also select the blank line from the pull-down list to
select those items with a blank department
Quantity lets you select from either All items or those with a blank quantity (identifying items you still
need to update for your stocktake)
Price also lets you select from All items or those with a blank price (identifying items you still need to
update for your stocktake)
In addition to updating Dept Quantity and Price fields in the stocktake you can also scan additional items
You access that by pressing the green Scan Items button
That brings up the following screen
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
If you want to return to the list of all items in the stocktake press the Back button
25 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate By Scanning Barcodes
This function allows you to scan the barcodes of products to add them to your stocktake When you scan
each item the system retrieves details of the product from POS and returns the description and price
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
Continue scanning and adding quantities until you have completed your scan of products for your
stocktake
When you have finished press the Back button
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
Simply click on the lsquoYesrsquo button to send the order or lsquoNorsquo to return back to the order review screen
111 Printing an order
If you are reviewing a large order you may find it difficult to remember which product are up to in the
large list You can print out an order to assist you with that To print out an order you firstly need to save
that There are 2 buttons in the Review Order screen ndash PDF and CSV
Use the PDF option to print the list and use the CSV option to download the data to a spreadsheet
112 Item History
When in the order entry screen on the right hand side is an button This gives the buyer a
more comprehensive buying history of the particular product as opposed to just the last time is was
purchased that appears on the front buying screen Once you have reviewed the data simply click on the
lsquoOKrsquo button to return to the buying screen
113 Future Promotions
When in the order entry screen on the right hand side is another button will display if there are future
promotions for the selected product This will display all the future promotions that we are aware of for
this product
The Future Promos button will be either Red or Green
Green indicates that the buy-in period for the new promotion starts immediately after any current
promotion finishes ndash Investment buying may therefore not be necessary
Red indicates there is a gap between the current promotion finishing and the new one starting ndash So this is
your flag to consider making an investment buy
Pressing this button displays any current promotion as well as any future ones to allow you to compare
between them
Handy Hint Pricing for future promotions is only finalised 2 weeks before the promotion starts so be
aware the cost andor promotion price may change closer to the promotion start date
114 Promotional Schedule
At all times within the ordering tool in the top header section is the lsquoPromotional Schedulersquo button
This button gives you a view of the current promotional programme in a table format within the
application as per the screen shot below
Along the top of the report are the following selection filters
End Date This Week Next Week
Advertised Advertised Non-Advertised
Department Bakery Beer etchellip
Supplier DC Direct Supplier
GPSavings Top 50 GP Top 25 GP Top 50 Customer Savings Top 25 Customer Savings
Handy Hint These filters work on an lsquoANDrsquo basis So if you select more than one filter it will be for
example lsquoThis Weekrsquo AND lsquoAdvertisedrsquo AND lsquoBeerrsquo
The resulting data can then be either printed or downloaded to a spreadsheet Use the PDF option to print
the list and use the CSV option to download the data to a spreadsheet
115 Order Deletion
If you need to delete an entire order then this is possible in the order overview screen Simply click on
the icon and you will be presented with the following option
116 Copy Order
If you want to copy an entire order including quantities you can do that from the Review Order screen
You can copy an order that is still in progress or one that has been sent
The copy order function is accessible through the Review Order screen for an order
Click on the icon and you will see the option to copy the current order
Selecting this will copy the order ndash a message will show at the bottom of the page indicating the order has
been copied
The copied order is created with the same name as the order it was copied from and will show in the Order
List page
You can then select the order by clicking on that and by pressing the Review Order button on the next
page go into the order to update that
Within the Review Order page you can then update the name of the order and enter a delivery date
Handy Hint The copied order is created with no Delivery Date so you will need to enter that to show the
correct promotion status and cost of each item in the order
You can then use the pencil icon on each line to update the quantities as needed
To delete an item from the order use the pencil icon then select Delete
117 Templates Overview
Templates are a feature in the system to assist stores to build orders quickly for commonly ordered items
Templates are a list of products with no quantities assigned to them The screenshot below is a sample
template
A store can have many templates and when creating an order you have the option to add one or more of
those templates to your order
118 Simple or Extended mode
Templates are an advanced function some stores may not wish to use those To hide or show those
advanced functions Cheeky Charlie has 2 modes ndash Simple or Extended Extended mode includes
templates and Simple mode does not
To switch between Simple or Extended mode use the cog icon on any screen
When you press that if you are in Simple mode you have the option to switch to Enhanced
If you are already in Extended mode you have the option to switch to Simple mode
119 Create a template
Templates are effectively a type of order with zero quantities for each item
Templates can be created in 2 ways
1 Create a template from new
2 Create a template from an existing order
Create a template from new Ensure you are in Extended mode (see above)
Press the button as you would to create an order
An option will display to create as a Template
Tick this box give the order a name and press the Create Order button Donrsquot worry about changing the
delivery date as that will not be used in the template
You are then taken to a screen where you can start adding items to the template by either scanning
barcodes or entering product codes
You can tell you are in a template as the Review Order button has been replaced by the Review Template
button
When you enter or scan a product code you have the option to add that to the template
When you press the Add to Template button you are taken back to the previous screen ready to add the
next item to the template Continue until your template is built
Create a template from an existing order Choose an existing order If it is an order that has not been sent yet select Review Order If the order has
been sent you will automatically be taken to the Review Order screen
From the Cog on the menu select Copy as Template
A confirmation message will show at the bottom of the page to indicate the order has been copied as a
template
Go back to the order list page and select the Templates tab
That will show all the templates for your store The order you have just copied will be there with the same
name
Select that newly created template and then press the Review Template button to allow you to update the
name of the template
Within here as required you can delete individual items out of the template by using the rubbish bin icon
120 Editing templates
Templates can be edited to change the name add items or delete items You can also delete a template
entirely
To change a template name from the Review screen update the name
To delete items from a template from the Review screen press the rubbish bin icon
To add additional items to a template follow the instructions above for Create a Template From New
To delete a template from within the Review screen press the cog
From the options select Delete Order that will prompt you to confirm to delete then choose yes and the
template will be deleted
121 Create and update an order using templates
Ensure you are in Extended mode
From the Order List screen press the button to create an order
Enter the order name and update the delivery date as usual
Under the delivery date there is the Order Template list which shows all templates created for the store
Clicking on this displays the list of templates
You can select one or more of those templates and the items from each template will be added to the order
when created Select the templates required and press the Create Order button
The order will be created and you will be taken to the screen so you can add additional items to that order
by scanning as usual
You can review the items from the template that were added by using the Review Order button
That displays all items in the order All the items that were added from templates will show as having zero
quantities
You can then use the pencil icon on the right of each line to update the quantites as required
Handy Hint You donrsquot need to delete items from the template that you donrsquot need in the order When you
send the order any items with a quantity of zero will automatically be deleted from the order
To allow you to easily identify what items in your order have zero quantities a button is displayed called
Filter Zero Qty This button only appears if you have any items with zero quantities in your order
When you press that only those items with zero quantities are displayed
At the bottom of the page it will tell you how many items you currently have filtered from the total order
When you have pressed the Filter button that button will also change to say Show All Pressing that then
displays all items in the order whether they have zero quantities or not
Cheeky Charlie Stocktake Training
21 Introduction
Stocktake functionality has been built into Cheeky Charlie to assist stores in the process of stocktaking
This allows stores to create multiple stocktakes so if you want to perform stocktakes more than just an
annual stocktake you can
The stocktake tool works by using information either from your ticket printing store scan or scanning of
individual barcodes The system populates cost information from POS along with department information
from Cheeky Charlie for hosted products
You need to enter the quantity counted in your stocktake for each product and the system produces a
report summarising costs by department
The stocktake functionality is optional to use ndash you may use it or not to suit your individual requirements
The latest version of this manual is available within the Cheeky Charlie by clicking on the icon
22 Create a Stocktake
Creating a stocktake is done by using the cog icon from any screen in Cheeky Charlie
From the options available choose Stocktake
This brings up a screen where you can create a new stocktake or open an existing one
Create a new Stocktake by clicking the green + button in the bottom right hand corner of the screen
This displays the screen where you can name your stocktake and add products to it
23 Name Stocktake
In the screen enter a name for your stocktake You can have multiple stocktakes so name your stocktake in
a way that it you can identify between them
Handy Hint Create your stocktake name with a date eg ldquoMarch 31 2017 full stocktakerdquo or ldquoTobacco
monthly June 2016rdquo
24 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate From Store Scan
There are multiple ways you can populate your stocktake
You can populate your stocktake with details from your ticket printing store scan That function is
accessed through the red Populate Stocked Products That takes 1-2 minutes to run after you press that
button
Please note that you can only use this button when you have first created the stocktake before you add any
other product into it The reason for that is the last thing you need is to accidentally press that button and
add the same products part way through the stocktake process when you have already added the same
items previously
Pressing this button not only adds the products from your store scan it also takes the current price from
POS along with the associated department for any host supported products
You can update the Dept field for any item by selecting from the pull-down list The quantity and price can
also be updated
Filters exist for Dept Quantity and Price
Dept lets you select from any department and you can also select the blank line from the pull-down list to
select those items with a blank department
Quantity lets you select from either All items or those with a blank quantity (identifying items you still
need to update for your stocktake)
Price also lets you select from All items or those with a blank price (identifying items you still need to
update for your stocktake)
In addition to updating Dept Quantity and Price fields in the stocktake you can also scan additional items
You access that by pressing the green Scan Items button
That brings up the following screen
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
If you want to return to the list of all items in the stocktake press the Back button
25 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate By Scanning Barcodes
This function allows you to scan the barcodes of products to add them to your stocktake When you scan
each item the system retrieves details of the product from POS and returns the description and price
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
Continue scanning and adding quantities until you have completed your scan of products for your
stocktake
When you have finished press the Back button
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
113 Future Promotions
When in the order entry screen on the right hand side is another button will display if there are future
promotions for the selected product This will display all the future promotions that we are aware of for
this product
The Future Promos button will be either Red or Green
Green indicates that the buy-in period for the new promotion starts immediately after any current
promotion finishes ndash Investment buying may therefore not be necessary
Red indicates there is a gap between the current promotion finishing and the new one starting ndash So this is
your flag to consider making an investment buy
Pressing this button displays any current promotion as well as any future ones to allow you to compare
between them
Handy Hint Pricing for future promotions is only finalised 2 weeks before the promotion starts so be
aware the cost andor promotion price may change closer to the promotion start date
114 Promotional Schedule
At all times within the ordering tool in the top header section is the lsquoPromotional Schedulersquo button
This button gives you a view of the current promotional programme in a table format within the
application as per the screen shot below
Along the top of the report are the following selection filters
End Date This Week Next Week
Advertised Advertised Non-Advertised
Department Bakery Beer etchellip
Supplier DC Direct Supplier
GPSavings Top 50 GP Top 25 GP Top 50 Customer Savings Top 25 Customer Savings
Handy Hint These filters work on an lsquoANDrsquo basis So if you select more than one filter it will be for
example lsquoThis Weekrsquo AND lsquoAdvertisedrsquo AND lsquoBeerrsquo
The resulting data can then be either printed or downloaded to a spreadsheet Use the PDF option to print
the list and use the CSV option to download the data to a spreadsheet
115 Order Deletion
If you need to delete an entire order then this is possible in the order overview screen Simply click on
the icon and you will be presented with the following option
116 Copy Order
If you want to copy an entire order including quantities you can do that from the Review Order screen
You can copy an order that is still in progress or one that has been sent
The copy order function is accessible through the Review Order screen for an order
Click on the icon and you will see the option to copy the current order
Selecting this will copy the order ndash a message will show at the bottom of the page indicating the order has
been copied
The copied order is created with the same name as the order it was copied from and will show in the Order
List page
You can then select the order by clicking on that and by pressing the Review Order button on the next
page go into the order to update that
Within the Review Order page you can then update the name of the order and enter a delivery date
Handy Hint The copied order is created with no Delivery Date so you will need to enter that to show the
correct promotion status and cost of each item in the order
You can then use the pencil icon on each line to update the quantities as needed
To delete an item from the order use the pencil icon then select Delete
117 Templates Overview
Templates are a feature in the system to assist stores to build orders quickly for commonly ordered items
Templates are a list of products with no quantities assigned to them The screenshot below is a sample
template
A store can have many templates and when creating an order you have the option to add one or more of
those templates to your order
118 Simple or Extended mode
Templates are an advanced function some stores may not wish to use those To hide or show those
advanced functions Cheeky Charlie has 2 modes ndash Simple or Extended Extended mode includes
templates and Simple mode does not
To switch between Simple or Extended mode use the cog icon on any screen
When you press that if you are in Simple mode you have the option to switch to Enhanced
If you are already in Extended mode you have the option to switch to Simple mode
119 Create a template
Templates are effectively a type of order with zero quantities for each item
Templates can be created in 2 ways
1 Create a template from new
2 Create a template from an existing order
Create a template from new Ensure you are in Extended mode (see above)
Press the button as you would to create an order
An option will display to create as a Template
Tick this box give the order a name and press the Create Order button Donrsquot worry about changing the
delivery date as that will not be used in the template
You are then taken to a screen where you can start adding items to the template by either scanning
barcodes or entering product codes
You can tell you are in a template as the Review Order button has been replaced by the Review Template
button
When you enter or scan a product code you have the option to add that to the template
When you press the Add to Template button you are taken back to the previous screen ready to add the
next item to the template Continue until your template is built
Create a template from an existing order Choose an existing order If it is an order that has not been sent yet select Review Order If the order has
been sent you will automatically be taken to the Review Order screen
From the Cog on the menu select Copy as Template
A confirmation message will show at the bottom of the page to indicate the order has been copied as a
template
Go back to the order list page and select the Templates tab
That will show all the templates for your store The order you have just copied will be there with the same
name
Select that newly created template and then press the Review Template button to allow you to update the
name of the template
Within here as required you can delete individual items out of the template by using the rubbish bin icon
120 Editing templates
Templates can be edited to change the name add items or delete items You can also delete a template
entirely
To change a template name from the Review screen update the name
To delete items from a template from the Review screen press the rubbish bin icon
To add additional items to a template follow the instructions above for Create a Template From New
To delete a template from within the Review screen press the cog
From the options select Delete Order that will prompt you to confirm to delete then choose yes and the
template will be deleted
121 Create and update an order using templates
Ensure you are in Extended mode
From the Order List screen press the button to create an order
Enter the order name and update the delivery date as usual
Under the delivery date there is the Order Template list which shows all templates created for the store
Clicking on this displays the list of templates
You can select one or more of those templates and the items from each template will be added to the order
when created Select the templates required and press the Create Order button
The order will be created and you will be taken to the screen so you can add additional items to that order
by scanning as usual
You can review the items from the template that were added by using the Review Order button
That displays all items in the order All the items that were added from templates will show as having zero
quantities
You can then use the pencil icon on the right of each line to update the quantites as required
Handy Hint You donrsquot need to delete items from the template that you donrsquot need in the order When you
send the order any items with a quantity of zero will automatically be deleted from the order
To allow you to easily identify what items in your order have zero quantities a button is displayed called
Filter Zero Qty This button only appears if you have any items with zero quantities in your order
When you press that only those items with zero quantities are displayed
At the bottom of the page it will tell you how many items you currently have filtered from the total order
When you have pressed the Filter button that button will also change to say Show All Pressing that then
displays all items in the order whether they have zero quantities or not
Cheeky Charlie Stocktake Training
21 Introduction
Stocktake functionality has been built into Cheeky Charlie to assist stores in the process of stocktaking
This allows stores to create multiple stocktakes so if you want to perform stocktakes more than just an
annual stocktake you can
The stocktake tool works by using information either from your ticket printing store scan or scanning of
individual barcodes The system populates cost information from POS along with department information
from Cheeky Charlie for hosted products
You need to enter the quantity counted in your stocktake for each product and the system produces a
report summarising costs by department
The stocktake functionality is optional to use ndash you may use it or not to suit your individual requirements
The latest version of this manual is available within the Cheeky Charlie by clicking on the icon
22 Create a Stocktake
Creating a stocktake is done by using the cog icon from any screen in Cheeky Charlie
From the options available choose Stocktake
This brings up a screen where you can create a new stocktake or open an existing one
Create a new Stocktake by clicking the green + button in the bottom right hand corner of the screen
This displays the screen where you can name your stocktake and add products to it
23 Name Stocktake
In the screen enter a name for your stocktake You can have multiple stocktakes so name your stocktake in
a way that it you can identify between them
Handy Hint Create your stocktake name with a date eg ldquoMarch 31 2017 full stocktakerdquo or ldquoTobacco
monthly June 2016rdquo
24 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate From Store Scan
There are multiple ways you can populate your stocktake
You can populate your stocktake with details from your ticket printing store scan That function is
accessed through the red Populate Stocked Products That takes 1-2 minutes to run after you press that
button
Please note that you can only use this button when you have first created the stocktake before you add any
other product into it The reason for that is the last thing you need is to accidentally press that button and
add the same products part way through the stocktake process when you have already added the same
items previously
Pressing this button not only adds the products from your store scan it also takes the current price from
POS along with the associated department for any host supported products
You can update the Dept field for any item by selecting from the pull-down list The quantity and price can
also be updated
Filters exist for Dept Quantity and Price
Dept lets you select from any department and you can also select the blank line from the pull-down list to
select those items with a blank department
Quantity lets you select from either All items or those with a blank quantity (identifying items you still
need to update for your stocktake)
Price also lets you select from All items or those with a blank price (identifying items you still need to
update for your stocktake)
In addition to updating Dept Quantity and Price fields in the stocktake you can also scan additional items
You access that by pressing the green Scan Items button
That brings up the following screen
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
If you want to return to the list of all items in the stocktake press the Back button
25 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate By Scanning Barcodes
This function allows you to scan the barcodes of products to add them to your stocktake When you scan
each item the system retrieves details of the product from POS and returns the description and price
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
Continue scanning and adding quantities until you have completed your scan of products for your
stocktake
When you have finished press the Back button
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
This button gives you a view of the current promotional programme in a table format within the
application as per the screen shot below
Along the top of the report are the following selection filters
End Date This Week Next Week
Advertised Advertised Non-Advertised
Department Bakery Beer etchellip
Supplier DC Direct Supplier
GPSavings Top 50 GP Top 25 GP Top 50 Customer Savings Top 25 Customer Savings
Handy Hint These filters work on an lsquoANDrsquo basis So if you select more than one filter it will be for
example lsquoThis Weekrsquo AND lsquoAdvertisedrsquo AND lsquoBeerrsquo
The resulting data can then be either printed or downloaded to a spreadsheet Use the PDF option to print
the list and use the CSV option to download the data to a spreadsheet
115 Order Deletion
If you need to delete an entire order then this is possible in the order overview screen Simply click on
the icon and you will be presented with the following option
116 Copy Order
If you want to copy an entire order including quantities you can do that from the Review Order screen
You can copy an order that is still in progress or one that has been sent
The copy order function is accessible through the Review Order screen for an order
Click on the icon and you will see the option to copy the current order
Selecting this will copy the order ndash a message will show at the bottom of the page indicating the order has
been copied
The copied order is created with the same name as the order it was copied from and will show in the Order
List page
You can then select the order by clicking on that and by pressing the Review Order button on the next
page go into the order to update that
Within the Review Order page you can then update the name of the order and enter a delivery date
Handy Hint The copied order is created with no Delivery Date so you will need to enter that to show the
correct promotion status and cost of each item in the order
You can then use the pencil icon on each line to update the quantities as needed
To delete an item from the order use the pencil icon then select Delete
117 Templates Overview
Templates are a feature in the system to assist stores to build orders quickly for commonly ordered items
Templates are a list of products with no quantities assigned to them The screenshot below is a sample
template
A store can have many templates and when creating an order you have the option to add one or more of
those templates to your order
118 Simple or Extended mode
Templates are an advanced function some stores may not wish to use those To hide or show those
advanced functions Cheeky Charlie has 2 modes ndash Simple or Extended Extended mode includes
templates and Simple mode does not
To switch between Simple or Extended mode use the cog icon on any screen
When you press that if you are in Simple mode you have the option to switch to Enhanced
If you are already in Extended mode you have the option to switch to Simple mode
119 Create a template
Templates are effectively a type of order with zero quantities for each item
Templates can be created in 2 ways
1 Create a template from new
2 Create a template from an existing order
Create a template from new Ensure you are in Extended mode (see above)
Press the button as you would to create an order
An option will display to create as a Template
Tick this box give the order a name and press the Create Order button Donrsquot worry about changing the
delivery date as that will not be used in the template
You are then taken to a screen where you can start adding items to the template by either scanning
barcodes or entering product codes
You can tell you are in a template as the Review Order button has been replaced by the Review Template
button
When you enter or scan a product code you have the option to add that to the template
When you press the Add to Template button you are taken back to the previous screen ready to add the
next item to the template Continue until your template is built
Create a template from an existing order Choose an existing order If it is an order that has not been sent yet select Review Order If the order has
been sent you will automatically be taken to the Review Order screen
From the Cog on the menu select Copy as Template
A confirmation message will show at the bottom of the page to indicate the order has been copied as a
template
Go back to the order list page and select the Templates tab
That will show all the templates for your store The order you have just copied will be there with the same
name
Select that newly created template and then press the Review Template button to allow you to update the
name of the template
Within here as required you can delete individual items out of the template by using the rubbish bin icon
120 Editing templates
Templates can be edited to change the name add items or delete items You can also delete a template
entirely
To change a template name from the Review screen update the name
To delete items from a template from the Review screen press the rubbish bin icon
To add additional items to a template follow the instructions above for Create a Template From New
To delete a template from within the Review screen press the cog
From the options select Delete Order that will prompt you to confirm to delete then choose yes and the
template will be deleted
121 Create and update an order using templates
Ensure you are in Extended mode
From the Order List screen press the button to create an order
Enter the order name and update the delivery date as usual
Under the delivery date there is the Order Template list which shows all templates created for the store
Clicking on this displays the list of templates
You can select one or more of those templates and the items from each template will be added to the order
when created Select the templates required and press the Create Order button
The order will be created and you will be taken to the screen so you can add additional items to that order
by scanning as usual
You can review the items from the template that were added by using the Review Order button
That displays all items in the order All the items that were added from templates will show as having zero
quantities
You can then use the pencil icon on the right of each line to update the quantites as required
Handy Hint You donrsquot need to delete items from the template that you donrsquot need in the order When you
send the order any items with a quantity of zero will automatically be deleted from the order
To allow you to easily identify what items in your order have zero quantities a button is displayed called
Filter Zero Qty This button only appears if you have any items with zero quantities in your order
When you press that only those items with zero quantities are displayed
At the bottom of the page it will tell you how many items you currently have filtered from the total order
When you have pressed the Filter button that button will also change to say Show All Pressing that then
displays all items in the order whether they have zero quantities or not
Cheeky Charlie Stocktake Training
21 Introduction
Stocktake functionality has been built into Cheeky Charlie to assist stores in the process of stocktaking
This allows stores to create multiple stocktakes so if you want to perform stocktakes more than just an
annual stocktake you can
The stocktake tool works by using information either from your ticket printing store scan or scanning of
individual barcodes The system populates cost information from POS along with department information
from Cheeky Charlie for hosted products
You need to enter the quantity counted in your stocktake for each product and the system produces a
report summarising costs by department
The stocktake functionality is optional to use ndash you may use it or not to suit your individual requirements
The latest version of this manual is available within the Cheeky Charlie by clicking on the icon
22 Create a Stocktake
Creating a stocktake is done by using the cog icon from any screen in Cheeky Charlie
From the options available choose Stocktake
This brings up a screen where you can create a new stocktake or open an existing one
Create a new Stocktake by clicking the green + button in the bottom right hand corner of the screen
This displays the screen where you can name your stocktake and add products to it
23 Name Stocktake
In the screen enter a name for your stocktake You can have multiple stocktakes so name your stocktake in
a way that it you can identify between them
Handy Hint Create your stocktake name with a date eg ldquoMarch 31 2017 full stocktakerdquo or ldquoTobacco
monthly June 2016rdquo
24 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate From Store Scan
There are multiple ways you can populate your stocktake
You can populate your stocktake with details from your ticket printing store scan That function is
accessed through the red Populate Stocked Products That takes 1-2 minutes to run after you press that
button
Please note that you can only use this button when you have first created the stocktake before you add any
other product into it The reason for that is the last thing you need is to accidentally press that button and
add the same products part way through the stocktake process when you have already added the same
items previously
Pressing this button not only adds the products from your store scan it also takes the current price from
POS along with the associated department for any host supported products
You can update the Dept field for any item by selecting from the pull-down list The quantity and price can
also be updated
Filters exist for Dept Quantity and Price
Dept lets you select from any department and you can also select the blank line from the pull-down list to
select those items with a blank department
Quantity lets you select from either All items or those with a blank quantity (identifying items you still
need to update for your stocktake)
Price also lets you select from All items or those with a blank price (identifying items you still need to
update for your stocktake)
In addition to updating Dept Quantity and Price fields in the stocktake you can also scan additional items
You access that by pressing the green Scan Items button
That brings up the following screen
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
If you want to return to the list of all items in the stocktake press the Back button
25 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate By Scanning Barcodes
This function allows you to scan the barcodes of products to add them to your stocktake When you scan
each item the system retrieves details of the product from POS and returns the description and price
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
Continue scanning and adding quantities until you have completed your scan of products for your
stocktake
When you have finished press the Back button
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
If you want to copy an entire order including quantities you can do that from the Review Order screen
You can copy an order that is still in progress or one that has been sent
The copy order function is accessible through the Review Order screen for an order
Click on the icon and you will see the option to copy the current order
Selecting this will copy the order ndash a message will show at the bottom of the page indicating the order has
been copied
The copied order is created with the same name as the order it was copied from and will show in the Order
List page
You can then select the order by clicking on that and by pressing the Review Order button on the next
page go into the order to update that
Within the Review Order page you can then update the name of the order and enter a delivery date
Handy Hint The copied order is created with no Delivery Date so you will need to enter that to show the
correct promotion status and cost of each item in the order
You can then use the pencil icon on each line to update the quantities as needed
To delete an item from the order use the pencil icon then select Delete
117 Templates Overview
Templates are a feature in the system to assist stores to build orders quickly for commonly ordered items
Templates are a list of products with no quantities assigned to them The screenshot below is a sample
template
A store can have many templates and when creating an order you have the option to add one or more of
those templates to your order
118 Simple or Extended mode
Templates are an advanced function some stores may not wish to use those To hide or show those
advanced functions Cheeky Charlie has 2 modes ndash Simple or Extended Extended mode includes
templates and Simple mode does not
To switch between Simple or Extended mode use the cog icon on any screen
When you press that if you are in Simple mode you have the option to switch to Enhanced
If you are already in Extended mode you have the option to switch to Simple mode
119 Create a template
Templates are effectively a type of order with zero quantities for each item
Templates can be created in 2 ways
1 Create a template from new
2 Create a template from an existing order
Create a template from new Ensure you are in Extended mode (see above)
Press the button as you would to create an order
An option will display to create as a Template
Tick this box give the order a name and press the Create Order button Donrsquot worry about changing the
delivery date as that will not be used in the template
You are then taken to a screen where you can start adding items to the template by either scanning
barcodes or entering product codes
You can tell you are in a template as the Review Order button has been replaced by the Review Template
button
When you enter or scan a product code you have the option to add that to the template
When you press the Add to Template button you are taken back to the previous screen ready to add the
next item to the template Continue until your template is built
Create a template from an existing order Choose an existing order If it is an order that has not been sent yet select Review Order If the order has
been sent you will automatically be taken to the Review Order screen
From the Cog on the menu select Copy as Template
A confirmation message will show at the bottom of the page to indicate the order has been copied as a
template
Go back to the order list page and select the Templates tab
That will show all the templates for your store The order you have just copied will be there with the same
name
Select that newly created template and then press the Review Template button to allow you to update the
name of the template
Within here as required you can delete individual items out of the template by using the rubbish bin icon
120 Editing templates
Templates can be edited to change the name add items or delete items You can also delete a template
entirely
To change a template name from the Review screen update the name
To delete items from a template from the Review screen press the rubbish bin icon
To add additional items to a template follow the instructions above for Create a Template From New
To delete a template from within the Review screen press the cog
From the options select Delete Order that will prompt you to confirm to delete then choose yes and the
template will be deleted
121 Create and update an order using templates
Ensure you are in Extended mode
From the Order List screen press the button to create an order
Enter the order name and update the delivery date as usual
Under the delivery date there is the Order Template list which shows all templates created for the store
Clicking on this displays the list of templates
You can select one or more of those templates and the items from each template will be added to the order
when created Select the templates required and press the Create Order button
The order will be created and you will be taken to the screen so you can add additional items to that order
by scanning as usual
You can review the items from the template that were added by using the Review Order button
That displays all items in the order All the items that were added from templates will show as having zero
quantities
You can then use the pencil icon on the right of each line to update the quantites as required
Handy Hint You donrsquot need to delete items from the template that you donrsquot need in the order When you
send the order any items with a quantity of zero will automatically be deleted from the order
To allow you to easily identify what items in your order have zero quantities a button is displayed called
Filter Zero Qty This button only appears if you have any items with zero quantities in your order
When you press that only those items with zero quantities are displayed
At the bottom of the page it will tell you how many items you currently have filtered from the total order
When you have pressed the Filter button that button will also change to say Show All Pressing that then
displays all items in the order whether they have zero quantities or not
Cheeky Charlie Stocktake Training
21 Introduction
Stocktake functionality has been built into Cheeky Charlie to assist stores in the process of stocktaking
This allows stores to create multiple stocktakes so if you want to perform stocktakes more than just an
annual stocktake you can
The stocktake tool works by using information either from your ticket printing store scan or scanning of
individual barcodes The system populates cost information from POS along with department information
from Cheeky Charlie for hosted products
You need to enter the quantity counted in your stocktake for each product and the system produces a
report summarising costs by department
The stocktake functionality is optional to use ndash you may use it or not to suit your individual requirements
The latest version of this manual is available within the Cheeky Charlie by clicking on the icon
22 Create a Stocktake
Creating a stocktake is done by using the cog icon from any screen in Cheeky Charlie
From the options available choose Stocktake
This brings up a screen where you can create a new stocktake or open an existing one
Create a new Stocktake by clicking the green + button in the bottom right hand corner of the screen
This displays the screen where you can name your stocktake and add products to it
23 Name Stocktake
In the screen enter a name for your stocktake You can have multiple stocktakes so name your stocktake in
a way that it you can identify between them
Handy Hint Create your stocktake name with a date eg ldquoMarch 31 2017 full stocktakerdquo or ldquoTobacco
monthly June 2016rdquo
24 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate From Store Scan
There are multiple ways you can populate your stocktake
You can populate your stocktake with details from your ticket printing store scan That function is
accessed through the red Populate Stocked Products That takes 1-2 minutes to run after you press that
button
Please note that you can only use this button when you have first created the stocktake before you add any
other product into it The reason for that is the last thing you need is to accidentally press that button and
add the same products part way through the stocktake process when you have already added the same
items previously
Pressing this button not only adds the products from your store scan it also takes the current price from
POS along with the associated department for any host supported products
You can update the Dept field for any item by selecting from the pull-down list The quantity and price can
also be updated
Filters exist for Dept Quantity and Price
Dept lets you select from any department and you can also select the blank line from the pull-down list to
select those items with a blank department
Quantity lets you select from either All items or those with a blank quantity (identifying items you still
need to update for your stocktake)
Price also lets you select from All items or those with a blank price (identifying items you still need to
update for your stocktake)
In addition to updating Dept Quantity and Price fields in the stocktake you can also scan additional items
You access that by pressing the green Scan Items button
That brings up the following screen
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
If you want to return to the list of all items in the stocktake press the Back button
25 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate By Scanning Barcodes
This function allows you to scan the barcodes of products to add them to your stocktake When you scan
each item the system retrieves details of the product from POS and returns the description and price
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
Continue scanning and adding quantities until you have completed your scan of products for your
stocktake
When you have finished press the Back button
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
Selecting this will copy the order ndash a message will show at the bottom of the page indicating the order has
been copied
The copied order is created with the same name as the order it was copied from and will show in the Order
List page
You can then select the order by clicking on that and by pressing the Review Order button on the next
page go into the order to update that
Within the Review Order page you can then update the name of the order and enter a delivery date
Handy Hint The copied order is created with no Delivery Date so you will need to enter that to show the
correct promotion status and cost of each item in the order
You can then use the pencil icon on each line to update the quantities as needed
To delete an item from the order use the pencil icon then select Delete
117 Templates Overview
Templates are a feature in the system to assist stores to build orders quickly for commonly ordered items
Templates are a list of products with no quantities assigned to them The screenshot below is a sample
template
A store can have many templates and when creating an order you have the option to add one or more of
those templates to your order
118 Simple or Extended mode
Templates are an advanced function some stores may not wish to use those To hide or show those
advanced functions Cheeky Charlie has 2 modes ndash Simple or Extended Extended mode includes
templates and Simple mode does not
To switch between Simple or Extended mode use the cog icon on any screen
When you press that if you are in Simple mode you have the option to switch to Enhanced
If you are already in Extended mode you have the option to switch to Simple mode
119 Create a template
Templates are effectively a type of order with zero quantities for each item
Templates can be created in 2 ways
1 Create a template from new
2 Create a template from an existing order
Create a template from new Ensure you are in Extended mode (see above)
Press the button as you would to create an order
An option will display to create as a Template
Tick this box give the order a name and press the Create Order button Donrsquot worry about changing the
delivery date as that will not be used in the template
You are then taken to a screen where you can start adding items to the template by either scanning
barcodes or entering product codes
You can tell you are in a template as the Review Order button has been replaced by the Review Template
button
When you enter or scan a product code you have the option to add that to the template
When you press the Add to Template button you are taken back to the previous screen ready to add the
next item to the template Continue until your template is built
Create a template from an existing order Choose an existing order If it is an order that has not been sent yet select Review Order If the order has
been sent you will automatically be taken to the Review Order screen
From the Cog on the menu select Copy as Template
A confirmation message will show at the bottom of the page to indicate the order has been copied as a
template
Go back to the order list page and select the Templates tab
That will show all the templates for your store The order you have just copied will be there with the same
name
Select that newly created template and then press the Review Template button to allow you to update the
name of the template
Within here as required you can delete individual items out of the template by using the rubbish bin icon
120 Editing templates
Templates can be edited to change the name add items or delete items You can also delete a template
entirely
To change a template name from the Review screen update the name
To delete items from a template from the Review screen press the rubbish bin icon
To add additional items to a template follow the instructions above for Create a Template From New
To delete a template from within the Review screen press the cog
From the options select Delete Order that will prompt you to confirm to delete then choose yes and the
template will be deleted
121 Create and update an order using templates
Ensure you are in Extended mode
From the Order List screen press the button to create an order
Enter the order name and update the delivery date as usual
Under the delivery date there is the Order Template list which shows all templates created for the store
Clicking on this displays the list of templates
You can select one or more of those templates and the items from each template will be added to the order
when created Select the templates required and press the Create Order button
The order will be created and you will be taken to the screen so you can add additional items to that order
by scanning as usual
You can review the items from the template that were added by using the Review Order button
That displays all items in the order All the items that were added from templates will show as having zero
quantities
You can then use the pencil icon on the right of each line to update the quantites as required
Handy Hint You donrsquot need to delete items from the template that you donrsquot need in the order When you
send the order any items with a quantity of zero will automatically be deleted from the order
To allow you to easily identify what items in your order have zero quantities a button is displayed called
Filter Zero Qty This button only appears if you have any items with zero quantities in your order
When you press that only those items with zero quantities are displayed
At the bottom of the page it will tell you how many items you currently have filtered from the total order
When you have pressed the Filter button that button will also change to say Show All Pressing that then
displays all items in the order whether they have zero quantities or not
Cheeky Charlie Stocktake Training
21 Introduction
Stocktake functionality has been built into Cheeky Charlie to assist stores in the process of stocktaking
This allows stores to create multiple stocktakes so if you want to perform stocktakes more than just an
annual stocktake you can
The stocktake tool works by using information either from your ticket printing store scan or scanning of
individual barcodes The system populates cost information from POS along with department information
from Cheeky Charlie for hosted products
You need to enter the quantity counted in your stocktake for each product and the system produces a
report summarising costs by department
The stocktake functionality is optional to use ndash you may use it or not to suit your individual requirements
The latest version of this manual is available within the Cheeky Charlie by clicking on the icon
22 Create a Stocktake
Creating a stocktake is done by using the cog icon from any screen in Cheeky Charlie
From the options available choose Stocktake
This brings up a screen where you can create a new stocktake or open an existing one
Create a new Stocktake by clicking the green + button in the bottom right hand corner of the screen
This displays the screen where you can name your stocktake and add products to it
23 Name Stocktake
In the screen enter a name for your stocktake You can have multiple stocktakes so name your stocktake in
a way that it you can identify between them
Handy Hint Create your stocktake name with a date eg ldquoMarch 31 2017 full stocktakerdquo or ldquoTobacco
monthly June 2016rdquo
24 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate From Store Scan
There are multiple ways you can populate your stocktake
You can populate your stocktake with details from your ticket printing store scan That function is
accessed through the red Populate Stocked Products That takes 1-2 minutes to run after you press that
button
Please note that you can only use this button when you have first created the stocktake before you add any
other product into it The reason for that is the last thing you need is to accidentally press that button and
add the same products part way through the stocktake process when you have already added the same
items previously
Pressing this button not only adds the products from your store scan it also takes the current price from
POS along with the associated department for any host supported products
You can update the Dept field for any item by selecting from the pull-down list The quantity and price can
also be updated
Filters exist for Dept Quantity and Price
Dept lets you select from any department and you can also select the blank line from the pull-down list to
select those items with a blank department
Quantity lets you select from either All items or those with a blank quantity (identifying items you still
need to update for your stocktake)
Price also lets you select from All items or those with a blank price (identifying items you still need to
update for your stocktake)
In addition to updating Dept Quantity and Price fields in the stocktake you can also scan additional items
You access that by pressing the green Scan Items button
That brings up the following screen
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
If you want to return to the list of all items in the stocktake press the Back button
25 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate By Scanning Barcodes
This function allows you to scan the barcodes of products to add them to your stocktake When you scan
each item the system retrieves details of the product from POS and returns the description and price
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
Continue scanning and adding quantities until you have completed your scan of products for your
stocktake
When you have finished press the Back button
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
Within the Review Order page you can then update the name of the order and enter a delivery date
Handy Hint The copied order is created with no Delivery Date so you will need to enter that to show the
correct promotion status and cost of each item in the order
You can then use the pencil icon on each line to update the quantities as needed
To delete an item from the order use the pencil icon then select Delete
117 Templates Overview
Templates are a feature in the system to assist stores to build orders quickly for commonly ordered items
Templates are a list of products with no quantities assigned to them The screenshot below is a sample
template
A store can have many templates and when creating an order you have the option to add one or more of
those templates to your order
118 Simple or Extended mode
Templates are an advanced function some stores may not wish to use those To hide or show those
advanced functions Cheeky Charlie has 2 modes ndash Simple or Extended Extended mode includes
templates and Simple mode does not
To switch between Simple or Extended mode use the cog icon on any screen
When you press that if you are in Simple mode you have the option to switch to Enhanced
If you are already in Extended mode you have the option to switch to Simple mode
119 Create a template
Templates are effectively a type of order with zero quantities for each item
Templates can be created in 2 ways
1 Create a template from new
2 Create a template from an existing order
Create a template from new Ensure you are in Extended mode (see above)
Press the button as you would to create an order
An option will display to create as a Template
Tick this box give the order a name and press the Create Order button Donrsquot worry about changing the
delivery date as that will not be used in the template
You are then taken to a screen where you can start adding items to the template by either scanning
barcodes or entering product codes
You can tell you are in a template as the Review Order button has been replaced by the Review Template
button
When you enter or scan a product code you have the option to add that to the template
When you press the Add to Template button you are taken back to the previous screen ready to add the
next item to the template Continue until your template is built
Create a template from an existing order Choose an existing order If it is an order that has not been sent yet select Review Order If the order has
been sent you will automatically be taken to the Review Order screen
From the Cog on the menu select Copy as Template
A confirmation message will show at the bottom of the page to indicate the order has been copied as a
template
Go back to the order list page and select the Templates tab
That will show all the templates for your store The order you have just copied will be there with the same
name
Select that newly created template and then press the Review Template button to allow you to update the
name of the template
Within here as required you can delete individual items out of the template by using the rubbish bin icon
120 Editing templates
Templates can be edited to change the name add items or delete items You can also delete a template
entirely
To change a template name from the Review screen update the name
To delete items from a template from the Review screen press the rubbish bin icon
To add additional items to a template follow the instructions above for Create a Template From New
To delete a template from within the Review screen press the cog
From the options select Delete Order that will prompt you to confirm to delete then choose yes and the
template will be deleted
121 Create and update an order using templates
Ensure you are in Extended mode
From the Order List screen press the button to create an order
Enter the order name and update the delivery date as usual
Under the delivery date there is the Order Template list which shows all templates created for the store
Clicking on this displays the list of templates
You can select one or more of those templates and the items from each template will be added to the order
when created Select the templates required and press the Create Order button
The order will be created and you will be taken to the screen so you can add additional items to that order
by scanning as usual
You can review the items from the template that were added by using the Review Order button
That displays all items in the order All the items that were added from templates will show as having zero
quantities
You can then use the pencil icon on the right of each line to update the quantites as required
Handy Hint You donrsquot need to delete items from the template that you donrsquot need in the order When you
send the order any items with a quantity of zero will automatically be deleted from the order
To allow you to easily identify what items in your order have zero quantities a button is displayed called
Filter Zero Qty This button only appears if you have any items with zero quantities in your order
When you press that only those items with zero quantities are displayed
At the bottom of the page it will tell you how many items you currently have filtered from the total order
When you have pressed the Filter button that button will also change to say Show All Pressing that then
displays all items in the order whether they have zero quantities or not
Cheeky Charlie Stocktake Training
21 Introduction
Stocktake functionality has been built into Cheeky Charlie to assist stores in the process of stocktaking
This allows stores to create multiple stocktakes so if you want to perform stocktakes more than just an
annual stocktake you can
The stocktake tool works by using information either from your ticket printing store scan or scanning of
individual barcodes The system populates cost information from POS along with department information
from Cheeky Charlie for hosted products
You need to enter the quantity counted in your stocktake for each product and the system produces a
report summarising costs by department
The stocktake functionality is optional to use ndash you may use it or not to suit your individual requirements
The latest version of this manual is available within the Cheeky Charlie by clicking on the icon
22 Create a Stocktake
Creating a stocktake is done by using the cog icon from any screen in Cheeky Charlie
From the options available choose Stocktake
This brings up a screen where you can create a new stocktake or open an existing one
Create a new Stocktake by clicking the green + button in the bottom right hand corner of the screen
This displays the screen where you can name your stocktake and add products to it
23 Name Stocktake
In the screen enter a name for your stocktake You can have multiple stocktakes so name your stocktake in
a way that it you can identify between them
Handy Hint Create your stocktake name with a date eg ldquoMarch 31 2017 full stocktakerdquo or ldquoTobacco
monthly June 2016rdquo
24 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate From Store Scan
There are multiple ways you can populate your stocktake
You can populate your stocktake with details from your ticket printing store scan That function is
accessed through the red Populate Stocked Products That takes 1-2 minutes to run after you press that
button
Please note that you can only use this button when you have first created the stocktake before you add any
other product into it The reason for that is the last thing you need is to accidentally press that button and
add the same products part way through the stocktake process when you have already added the same
items previously
Pressing this button not only adds the products from your store scan it also takes the current price from
POS along with the associated department for any host supported products
You can update the Dept field for any item by selecting from the pull-down list The quantity and price can
also be updated
Filters exist for Dept Quantity and Price
Dept lets you select from any department and you can also select the blank line from the pull-down list to
select those items with a blank department
Quantity lets you select from either All items or those with a blank quantity (identifying items you still
need to update for your stocktake)
Price also lets you select from All items or those with a blank price (identifying items you still need to
update for your stocktake)
In addition to updating Dept Quantity and Price fields in the stocktake you can also scan additional items
You access that by pressing the green Scan Items button
That brings up the following screen
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
If you want to return to the list of all items in the stocktake press the Back button
25 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate By Scanning Barcodes
This function allows you to scan the barcodes of products to add them to your stocktake When you scan
each item the system retrieves details of the product from POS and returns the description and price
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
Continue scanning and adding quantities until you have completed your scan of products for your
stocktake
When you have finished press the Back button
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
To delete an item from the order use the pencil icon then select Delete
117 Templates Overview
Templates are a feature in the system to assist stores to build orders quickly for commonly ordered items
Templates are a list of products with no quantities assigned to them The screenshot below is a sample
template
A store can have many templates and when creating an order you have the option to add one or more of
those templates to your order
118 Simple or Extended mode
Templates are an advanced function some stores may not wish to use those To hide or show those
advanced functions Cheeky Charlie has 2 modes ndash Simple or Extended Extended mode includes
templates and Simple mode does not
To switch between Simple or Extended mode use the cog icon on any screen
When you press that if you are in Simple mode you have the option to switch to Enhanced
If you are already in Extended mode you have the option to switch to Simple mode
119 Create a template
Templates are effectively a type of order with zero quantities for each item
Templates can be created in 2 ways
1 Create a template from new
2 Create a template from an existing order
Create a template from new Ensure you are in Extended mode (see above)
Press the button as you would to create an order
An option will display to create as a Template
Tick this box give the order a name and press the Create Order button Donrsquot worry about changing the
delivery date as that will not be used in the template
You are then taken to a screen where you can start adding items to the template by either scanning
barcodes or entering product codes
You can tell you are in a template as the Review Order button has been replaced by the Review Template
button
When you enter or scan a product code you have the option to add that to the template
When you press the Add to Template button you are taken back to the previous screen ready to add the
next item to the template Continue until your template is built
Create a template from an existing order Choose an existing order If it is an order that has not been sent yet select Review Order If the order has
been sent you will automatically be taken to the Review Order screen
From the Cog on the menu select Copy as Template
A confirmation message will show at the bottom of the page to indicate the order has been copied as a
template
Go back to the order list page and select the Templates tab
That will show all the templates for your store The order you have just copied will be there with the same
name
Select that newly created template and then press the Review Template button to allow you to update the
name of the template
Within here as required you can delete individual items out of the template by using the rubbish bin icon
120 Editing templates
Templates can be edited to change the name add items or delete items You can also delete a template
entirely
To change a template name from the Review screen update the name
To delete items from a template from the Review screen press the rubbish bin icon
To add additional items to a template follow the instructions above for Create a Template From New
To delete a template from within the Review screen press the cog
From the options select Delete Order that will prompt you to confirm to delete then choose yes and the
template will be deleted
121 Create and update an order using templates
Ensure you are in Extended mode
From the Order List screen press the button to create an order
Enter the order name and update the delivery date as usual
Under the delivery date there is the Order Template list which shows all templates created for the store
Clicking on this displays the list of templates
You can select one or more of those templates and the items from each template will be added to the order
when created Select the templates required and press the Create Order button
The order will be created and you will be taken to the screen so you can add additional items to that order
by scanning as usual
You can review the items from the template that were added by using the Review Order button
That displays all items in the order All the items that were added from templates will show as having zero
quantities
You can then use the pencil icon on the right of each line to update the quantites as required
Handy Hint You donrsquot need to delete items from the template that you donrsquot need in the order When you
send the order any items with a quantity of zero will automatically be deleted from the order
To allow you to easily identify what items in your order have zero quantities a button is displayed called
Filter Zero Qty This button only appears if you have any items with zero quantities in your order
When you press that only those items with zero quantities are displayed
At the bottom of the page it will tell you how many items you currently have filtered from the total order
When you have pressed the Filter button that button will also change to say Show All Pressing that then
displays all items in the order whether they have zero quantities or not
Cheeky Charlie Stocktake Training
21 Introduction
Stocktake functionality has been built into Cheeky Charlie to assist stores in the process of stocktaking
This allows stores to create multiple stocktakes so if you want to perform stocktakes more than just an
annual stocktake you can
The stocktake tool works by using information either from your ticket printing store scan or scanning of
individual barcodes The system populates cost information from POS along with department information
from Cheeky Charlie for hosted products
You need to enter the quantity counted in your stocktake for each product and the system produces a
report summarising costs by department
The stocktake functionality is optional to use ndash you may use it or not to suit your individual requirements
The latest version of this manual is available within the Cheeky Charlie by clicking on the icon
22 Create a Stocktake
Creating a stocktake is done by using the cog icon from any screen in Cheeky Charlie
From the options available choose Stocktake
This brings up a screen where you can create a new stocktake or open an existing one
Create a new Stocktake by clicking the green + button in the bottom right hand corner of the screen
This displays the screen where you can name your stocktake and add products to it
23 Name Stocktake
In the screen enter a name for your stocktake You can have multiple stocktakes so name your stocktake in
a way that it you can identify between them
Handy Hint Create your stocktake name with a date eg ldquoMarch 31 2017 full stocktakerdquo or ldquoTobacco
monthly June 2016rdquo
24 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate From Store Scan
There are multiple ways you can populate your stocktake
You can populate your stocktake with details from your ticket printing store scan That function is
accessed through the red Populate Stocked Products That takes 1-2 minutes to run after you press that
button
Please note that you can only use this button when you have first created the stocktake before you add any
other product into it The reason for that is the last thing you need is to accidentally press that button and
add the same products part way through the stocktake process when you have already added the same
items previously
Pressing this button not only adds the products from your store scan it also takes the current price from
POS along with the associated department for any host supported products
You can update the Dept field for any item by selecting from the pull-down list The quantity and price can
also be updated
Filters exist for Dept Quantity and Price
Dept lets you select from any department and you can also select the blank line from the pull-down list to
select those items with a blank department
Quantity lets you select from either All items or those with a blank quantity (identifying items you still
need to update for your stocktake)
Price also lets you select from All items or those with a blank price (identifying items you still need to
update for your stocktake)
In addition to updating Dept Quantity and Price fields in the stocktake you can also scan additional items
You access that by pressing the green Scan Items button
That brings up the following screen
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
If you want to return to the list of all items in the stocktake press the Back button
25 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate By Scanning Barcodes
This function allows you to scan the barcodes of products to add them to your stocktake When you scan
each item the system retrieves details of the product from POS and returns the description and price
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
Continue scanning and adding quantities until you have completed your scan of products for your
stocktake
When you have finished press the Back button
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
A store can have many templates and when creating an order you have the option to add one or more of
those templates to your order
118 Simple or Extended mode
Templates are an advanced function some stores may not wish to use those To hide or show those
advanced functions Cheeky Charlie has 2 modes ndash Simple or Extended Extended mode includes
templates and Simple mode does not
To switch between Simple or Extended mode use the cog icon on any screen
When you press that if you are in Simple mode you have the option to switch to Enhanced
If you are already in Extended mode you have the option to switch to Simple mode
119 Create a template
Templates are effectively a type of order with zero quantities for each item
Templates can be created in 2 ways
1 Create a template from new
2 Create a template from an existing order
Create a template from new Ensure you are in Extended mode (see above)
Press the button as you would to create an order
An option will display to create as a Template
Tick this box give the order a name and press the Create Order button Donrsquot worry about changing the
delivery date as that will not be used in the template
You are then taken to a screen where you can start adding items to the template by either scanning
barcodes or entering product codes
You can tell you are in a template as the Review Order button has been replaced by the Review Template
button
When you enter or scan a product code you have the option to add that to the template
When you press the Add to Template button you are taken back to the previous screen ready to add the
next item to the template Continue until your template is built
Create a template from an existing order Choose an existing order If it is an order that has not been sent yet select Review Order If the order has
been sent you will automatically be taken to the Review Order screen
From the Cog on the menu select Copy as Template
A confirmation message will show at the bottom of the page to indicate the order has been copied as a
template
Go back to the order list page and select the Templates tab
That will show all the templates for your store The order you have just copied will be there with the same
name
Select that newly created template and then press the Review Template button to allow you to update the
name of the template
Within here as required you can delete individual items out of the template by using the rubbish bin icon
120 Editing templates
Templates can be edited to change the name add items or delete items You can also delete a template
entirely
To change a template name from the Review screen update the name
To delete items from a template from the Review screen press the rubbish bin icon
To add additional items to a template follow the instructions above for Create a Template From New
To delete a template from within the Review screen press the cog
From the options select Delete Order that will prompt you to confirm to delete then choose yes and the
template will be deleted
121 Create and update an order using templates
Ensure you are in Extended mode
From the Order List screen press the button to create an order
Enter the order name and update the delivery date as usual
Under the delivery date there is the Order Template list which shows all templates created for the store
Clicking on this displays the list of templates
You can select one or more of those templates and the items from each template will be added to the order
when created Select the templates required and press the Create Order button
The order will be created and you will be taken to the screen so you can add additional items to that order
by scanning as usual
You can review the items from the template that were added by using the Review Order button
That displays all items in the order All the items that were added from templates will show as having zero
quantities
You can then use the pencil icon on the right of each line to update the quantites as required
Handy Hint You donrsquot need to delete items from the template that you donrsquot need in the order When you
send the order any items with a quantity of zero will automatically be deleted from the order
To allow you to easily identify what items in your order have zero quantities a button is displayed called
Filter Zero Qty This button only appears if you have any items with zero quantities in your order
When you press that only those items with zero quantities are displayed
At the bottom of the page it will tell you how many items you currently have filtered from the total order
When you have pressed the Filter button that button will also change to say Show All Pressing that then
displays all items in the order whether they have zero quantities or not
Cheeky Charlie Stocktake Training
21 Introduction
Stocktake functionality has been built into Cheeky Charlie to assist stores in the process of stocktaking
This allows stores to create multiple stocktakes so if you want to perform stocktakes more than just an
annual stocktake you can
The stocktake tool works by using information either from your ticket printing store scan or scanning of
individual barcodes The system populates cost information from POS along with department information
from Cheeky Charlie for hosted products
You need to enter the quantity counted in your stocktake for each product and the system produces a
report summarising costs by department
The stocktake functionality is optional to use ndash you may use it or not to suit your individual requirements
The latest version of this manual is available within the Cheeky Charlie by clicking on the icon
22 Create a Stocktake
Creating a stocktake is done by using the cog icon from any screen in Cheeky Charlie
From the options available choose Stocktake
This brings up a screen where you can create a new stocktake or open an existing one
Create a new Stocktake by clicking the green + button in the bottom right hand corner of the screen
This displays the screen where you can name your stocktake and add products to it
23 Name Stocktake
In the screen enter a name for your stocktake You can have multiple stocktakes so name your stocktake in
a way that it you can identify between them
Handy Hint Create your stocktake name with a date eg ldquoMarch 31 2017 full stocktakerdquo or ldquoTobacco
monthly June 2016rdquo
24 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate From Store Scan
There are multiple ways you can populate your stocktake
You can populate your stocktake with details from your ticket printing store scan That function is
accessed through the red Populate Stocked Products That takes 1-2 minutes to run after you press that
button
Please note that you can only use this button when you have first created the stocktake before you add any
other product into it The reason for that is the last thing you need is to accidentally press that button and
add the same products part way through the stocktake process when you have already added the same
items previously
Pressing this button not only adds the products from your store scan it also takes the current price from
POS along with the associated department for any host supported products
You can update the Dept field for any item by selecting from the pull-down list The quantity and price can
also be updated
Filters exist for Dept Quantity and Price
Dept lets you select from any department and you can also select the blank line from the pull-down list to
select those items with a blank department
Quantity lets you select from either All items or those with a blank quantity (identifying items you still
need to update for your stocktake)
Price also lets you select from All items or those with a blank price (identifying items you still need to
update for your stocktake)
In addition to updating Dept Quantity and Price fields in the stocktake you can also scan additional items
You access that by pressing the green Scan Items button
That brings up the following screen
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
If you want to return to the list of all items in the stocktake press the Back button
25 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate By Scanning Barcodes
This function allows you to scan the barcodes of products to add them to your stocktake When you scan
each item the system retrieves details of the product from POS and returns the description and price
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
Continue scanning and adding quantities until you have completed your scan of products for your
stocktake
When you have finished press the Back button
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
Press the button as you would to create an order
An option will display to create as a Template
Tick this box give the order a name and press the Create Order button Donrsquot worry about changing the
delivery date as that will not be used in the template
You are then taken to a screen where you can start adding items to the template by either scanning
barcodes or entering product codes
You can tell you are in a template as the Review Order button has been replaced by the Review Template
button
When you enter or scan a product code you have the option to add that to the template
When you press the Add to Template button you are taken back to the previous screen ready to add the
next item to the template Continue until your template is built
Create a template from an existing order Choose an existing order If it is an order that has not been sent yet select Review Order If the order has
been sent you will automatically be taken to the Review Order screen
From the Cog on the menu select Copy as Template
A confirmation message will show at the bottom of the page to indicate the order has been copied as a
template
Go back to the order list page and select the Templates tab
That will show all the templates for your store The order you have just copied will be there with the same
name
Select that newly created template and then press the Review Template button to allow you to update the
name of the template
Within here as required you can delete individual items out of the template by using the rubbish bin icon
120 Editing templates
Templates can be edited to change the name add items or delete items You can also delete a template
entirely
To change a template name from the Review screen update the name
To delete items from a template from the Review screen press the rubbish bin icon
To add additional items to a template follow the instructions above for Create a Template From New
To delete a template from within the Review screen press the cog
From the options select Delete Order that will prompt you to confirm to delete then choose yes and the
template will be deleted
121 Create and update an order using templates
Ensure you are in Extended mode
From the Order List screen press the button to create an order
Enter the order name and update the delivery date as usual
Under the delivery date there is the Order Template list which shows all templates created for the store
Clicking on this displays the list of templates
You can select one or more of those templates and the items from each template will be added to the order
when created Select the templates required and press the Create Order button
The order will be created and you will be taken to the screen so you can add additional items to that order
by scanning as usual
You can review the items from the template that were added by using the Review Order button
That displays all items in the order All the items that were added from templates will show as having zero
quantities
You can then use the pencil icon on the right of each line to update the quantites as required
Handy Hint You donrsquot need to delete items from the template that you donrsquot need in the order When you
send the order any items with a quantity of zero will automatically be deleted from the order
To allow you to easily identify what items in your order have zero quantities a button is displayed called
Filter Zero Qty This button only appears if you have any items with zero quantities in your order
When you press that only those items with zero quantities are displayed
At the bottom of the page it will tell you how many items you currently have filtered from the total order
When you have pressed the Filter button that button will also change to say Show All Pressing that then
displays all items in the order whether they have zero quantities or not
Cheeky Charlie Stocktake Training
21 Introduction
Stocktake functionality has been built into Cheeky Charlie to assist stores in the process of stocktaking
This allows stores to create multiple stocktakes so if you want to perform stocktakes more than just an
annual stocktake you can
The stocktake tool works by using information either from your ticket printing store scan or scanning of
individual barcodes The system populates cost information from POS along with department information
from Cheeky Charlie for hosted products
You need to enter the quantity counted in your stocktake for each product and the system produces a
report summarising costs by department
The stocktake functionality is optional to use ndash you may use it or not to suit your individual requirements
The latest version of this manual is available within the Cheeky Charlie by clicking on the icon
22 Create a Stocktake
Creating a stocktake is done by using the cog icon from any screen in Cheeky Charlie
From the options available choose Stocktake
This brings up a screen where you can create a new stocktake or open an existing one
Create a new Stocktake by clicking the green + button in the bottom right hand corner of the screen
This displays the screen where you can name your stocktake and add products to it
23 Name Stocktake
In the screen enter a name for your stocktake You can have multiple stocktakes so name your stocktake in
a way that it you can identify between them
Handy Hint Create your stocktake name with a date eg ldquoMarch 31 2017 full stocktakerdquo or ldquoTobacco
monthly June 2016rdquo
24 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate From Store Scan
There are multiple ways you can populate your stocktake
You can populate your stocktake with details from your ticket printing store scan That function is
accessed through the red Populate Stocked Products That takes 1-2 minutes to run after you press that
button
Please note that you can only use this button when you have first created the stocktake before you add any
other product into it The reason for that is the last thing you need is to accidentally press that button and
add the same products part way through the stocktake process when you have already added the same
items previously
Pressing this button not only adds the products from your store scan it also takes the current price from
POS along with the associated department for any host supported products
You can update the Dept field for any item by selecting from the pull-down list The quantity and price can
also be updated
Filters exist for Dept Quantity and Price
Dept lets you select from any department and you can also select the blank line from the pull-down list to
select those items with a blank department
Quantity lets you select from either All items or those with a blank quantity (identifying items you still
need to update for your stocktake)
Price also lets you select from All items or those with a blank price (identifying items you still need to
update for your stocktake)
In addition to updating Dept Quantity and Price fields in the stocktake you can also scan additional items
You access that by pressing the green Scan Items button
That brings up the following screen
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
If you want to return to the list of all items in the stocktake press the Back button
25 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate By Scanning Barcodes
This function allows you to scan the barcodes of products to add them to your stocktake When you scan
each item the system retrieves details of the product from POS and returns the description and price
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
Continue scanning and adding quantities until you have completed your scan of products for your
stocktake
When you have finished press the Back button
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
An option will display to create as a Template
Tick this box give the order a name and press the Create Order button Donrsquot worry about changing the
delivery date as that will not be used in the template
You are then taken to a screen where you can start adding items to the template by either scanning
barcodes or entering product codes
You can tell you are in a template as the Review Order button has been replaced by the Review Template
button
When you enter or scan a product code you have the option to add that to the template
When you press the Add to Template button you are taken back to the previous screen ready to add the
next item to the template Continue until your template is built
Create a template from an existing order Choose an existing order If it is an order that has not been sent yet select Review Order If the order has
been sent you will automatically be taken to the Review Order screen
From the Cog on the menu select Copy as Template
A confirmation message will show at the bottom of the page to indicate the order has been copied as a
template
Go back to the order list page and select the Templates tab
That will show all the templates for your store The order you have just copied will be there with the same
name
Select that newly created template and then press the Review Template button to allow you to update the
name of the template
Within here as required you can delete individual items out of the template by using the rubbish bin icon
120 Editing templates
Templates can be edited to change the name add items or delete items You can also delete a template
entirely
To change a template name from the Review screen update the name
To delete items from a template from the Review screen press the rubbish bin icon
To add additional items to a template follow the instructions above for Create a Template From New
To delete a template from within the Review screen press the cog
From the options select Delete Order that will prompt you to confirm to delete then choose yes and the
template will be deleted
121 Create and update an order using templates
Ensure you are in Extended mode
From the Order List screen press the button to create an order
Enter the order name and update the delivery date as usual
Under the delivery date there is the Order Template list which shows all templates created for the store
Clicking on this displays the list of templates
You can select one or more of those templates and the items from each template will be added to the order
when created Select the templates required and press the Create Order button
The order will be created and you will be taken to the screen so you can add additional items to that order
by scanning as usual
You can review the items from the template that were added by using the Review Order button
That displays all items in the order All the items that were added from templates will show as having zero
quantities
You can then use the pencil icon on the right of each line to update the quantites as required
Handy Hint You donrsquot need to delete items from the template that you donrsquot need in the order When you
send the order any items with a quantity of zero will automatically be deleted from the order
To allow you to easily identify what items in your order have zero quantities a button is displayed called
Filter Zero Qty This button only appears if you have any items with zero quantities in your order
When you press that only those items with zero quantities are displayed
At the bottom of the page it will tell you how many items you currently have filtered from the total order
When you have pressed the Filter button that button will also change to say Show All Pressing that then
displays all items in the order whether they have zero quantities or not
Cheeky Charlie Stocktake Training
21 Introduction
Stocktake functionality has been built into Cheeky Charlie to assist stores in the process of stocktaking
This allows stores to create multiple stocktakes so if you want to perform stocktakes more than just an
annual stocktake you can
The stocktake tool works by using information either from your ticket printing store scan or scanning of
individual barcodes The system populates cost information from POS along with department information
from Cheeky Charlie for hosted products
You need to enter the quantity counted in your stocktake for each product and the system produces a
report summarising costs by department
The stocktake functionality is optional to use ndash you may use it or not to suit your individual requirements
The latest version of this manual is available within the Cheeky Charlie by clicking on the icon
22 Create a Stocktake
Creating a stocktake is done by using the cog icon from any screen in Cheeky Charlie
From the options available choose Stocktake
This brings up a screen where you can create a new stocktake or open an existing one
Create a new Stocktake by clicking the green + button in the bottom right hand corner of the screen
This displays the screen where you can name your stocktake and add products to it
23 Name Stocktake
In the screen enter a name for your stocktake You can have multiple stocktakes so name your stocktake in
a way that it you can identify between them
Handy Hint Create your stocktake name with a date eg ldquoMarch 31 2017 full stocktakerdquo or ldquoTobacco
monthly June 2016rdquo
24 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate From Store Scan
There are multiple ways you can populate your stocktake
You can populate your stocktake with details from your ticket printing store scan That function is
accessed through the red Populate Stocked Products That takes 1-2 minutes to run after you press that
button
Please note that you can only use this button when you have first created the stocktake before you add any
other product into it The reason for that is the last thing you need is to accidentally press that button and
add the same products part way through the stocktake process when you have already added the same
items previously
Pressing this button not only adds the products from your store scan it also takes the current price from
POS along with the associated department for any host supported products
You can update the Dept field for any item by selecting from the pull-down list The quantity and price can
also be updated
Filters exist for Dept Quantity and Price
Dept lets you select from any department and you can also select the blank line from the pull-down list to
select those items with a blank department
Quantity lets you select from either All items or those with a blank quantity (identifying items you still
need to update for your stocktake)
Price also lets you select from All items or those with a blank price (identifying items you still need to
update for your stocktake)
In addition to updating Dept Quantity and Price fields in the stocktake you can also scan additional items
You access that by pressing the green Scan Items button
That brings up the following screen
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
If you want to return to the list of all items in the stocktake press the Back button
25 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate By Scanning Barcodes
This function allows you to scan the barcodes of products to add them to your stocktake When you scan
each item the system retrieves details of the product from POS and returns the description and price
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
Continue scanning and adding quantities until you have completed your scan of products for your
stocktake
When you have finished press the Back button
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
When you enter or scan a product code you have the option to add that to the template
When you press the Add to Template button you are taken back to the previous screen ready to add the
next item to the template Continue until your template is built
Create a template from an existing order Choose an existing order If it is an order that has not been sent yet select Review Order If the order has
been sent you will automatically be taken to the Review Order screen
From the Cog on the menu select Copy as Template
A confirmation message will show at the bottom of the page to indicate the order has been copied as a
template
Go back to the order list page and select the Templates tab
That will show all the templates for your store The order you have just copied will be there with the same
name
Select that newly created template and then press the Review Template button to allow you to update the
name of the template
Within here as required you can delete individual items out of the template by using the rubbish bin icon
120 Editing templates
Templates can be edited to change the name add items or delete items You can also delete a template
entirely
To change a template name from the Review screen update the name
To delete items from a template from the Review screen press the rubbish bin icon
To add additional items to a template follow the instructions above for Create a Template From New
To delete a template from within the Review screen press the cog
From the options select Delete Order that will prompt you to confirm to delete then choose yes and the
template will be deleted
121 Create and update an order using templates
Ensure you are in Extended mode
From the Order List screen press the button to create an order
Enter the order name and update the delivery date as usual
Under the delivery date there is the Order Template list which shows all templates created for the store
Clicking on this displays the list of templates
You can select one or more of those templates and the items from each template will be added to the order
when created Select the templates required and press the Create Order button
The order will be created and you will be taken to the screen so you can add additional items to that order
by scanning as usual
You can review the items from the template that were added by using the Review Order button
That displays all items in the order All the items that were added from templates will show as having zero
quantities
You can then use the pencil icon on the right of each line to update the quantites as required
Handy Hint You donrsquot need to delete items from the template that you donrsquot need in the order When you
send the order any items with a quantity of zero will automatically be deleted from the order
To allow you to easily identify what items in your order have zero quantities a button is displayed called
Filter Zero Qty This button only appears if you have any items with zero quantities in your order
When you press that only those items with zero quantities are displayed
At the bottom of the page it will tell you how many items you currently have filtered from the total order
When you have pressed the Filter button that button will also change to say Show All Pressing that then
displays all items in the order whether they have zero quantities or not
Cheeky Charlie Stocktake Training
21 Introduction
Stocktake functionality has been built into Cheeky Charlie to assist stores in the process of stocktaking
This allows stores to create multiple stocktakes so if you want to perform stocktakes more than just an
annual stocktake you can
The stocktake tool works by using information either from your ticket printing store scan or scanning of
individual barcodes The system populates cost information from POS along with department information
from Cheeky Charlie for hosted products
You need to enter the quantity counted in your stocktake for each product and the system produces a
report summarising costs by department
The stocktake functionality is optional to use ndash you may use it or not to suit your individual requirements
The latest version of this manual is available within the Cheeky Charlie by clicking on the icon
22 Create a Stocktake
Creating a stocktake is done by using the cog icon from any screen in Cheeky Charlie
From the options available choose Stocktake
This brings up a screen where you can create a new stocktake or open an existing one
Create a new Stocktake by clicking the green + button in the bottom right hand corner of the screen
This displays the screen where you can name your stocktake and add products to it
23 Name Stocktake
In the screen enter a name for your stocktake You can have multiple stocktakes so name your stocktake in
a way that it you can identify between them
Handy Hint Create your stocktake name with a date eg ldquoMarch 31 2017 full stocktakerdquo or ldquoTobacco
monthly June 2016rdquo
24 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate From Store Scan
There are multiple ways you can populate your stocktake
You can populate your stocktake with details from your ticket printing store scan That function is
accessed through the red Populate Stocked Products That takes 1-2 minutes to run after you press that
button
Please note that you can only use this button when you have first created the stocktake before you add any
other product into it The reason for that is the last thing you need is to accidentally press that button and
add the same products part way through the stocktake process when you have already added the same
items previously
Pressing this button not only adds the products from your store scan it also takes the current price from
POS along with the associated department for any host supported products
You can update the Dept field for any item by selecting from the pull-down list The quantity and price can
also be updated
Filters exist for Dept Quantity and Price
Dept lets you select from any department and you can also select the blank line from the pull-down list to
select those items with a blank department
Quantity lets you select from either All items or those with a blank quantity (identifying items you still
need to update for your stocktake)
Price also lets you select from All items or those with a blank price (identifying items you still need to
update for your stocktake)
In addition to updating Dept Quantity and Price fields in the stocktake you can also scan additional items
You access that by pressing the green Scan Items button
That brings up the following screen
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
If you want to return to the list of all items in the stocktake press the Back button
25 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate By Scanning Barcodes
This function allows you to scan the barcodes of products to add them to your stocktake When you scan
each item the system retrieves details of the product from POS and returns the description and price
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
Continue scanning and adding quantities until you have completed your scan of products for your
stocktake
When you have finished press the Back button
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
From the Cog on the menu select Copy as Template
A confirmation message will show at the bottom of the page to indicate the order has been copied as a
template
Go back to the order list page and select the Templates tab
That will show all the templates for your store The order you have just copied will be there with the same
name
Select that newly created template and then press the Review Template button to allow you to update the
name of the template
Within here as required you can delete individual items out of the template by using the rubbish bin icon
120 Editing templates
Templates can be edited to change the name add items or delete items You can also delete a template
entirely
To change a template name from the Review screen update the name
To delete items from a template from the Review screen press the rubbish bin icon
To add additional items to a template follow the instructions above for Create a Template From New
To delete a template from within the Review screen press the cog
From the options select Delete Order that will prompt you to confirm to delete then choose yes and the
template will be deleted
121 Create and update an order using templates
Ensure you are in Extended mode
From the Order List screen press the button to create an order
Enter the order name and update the delivery date as usual
Under the delivery date there is the Order Template list which shows all templates created for the store
Clicking on this displays the list of templates
You can select one or more of those templates and the items from each template will be added to the order
when created Select the templates required and press the Create Order button
The order will be created and you will be taken to the screen so you can add additional items to that order
by scanning as usual
You can review the items from the template that were added by using the Review Order button
That displays all items in the order All the items that were added from templates will show as having zero
quantities
You can then use the pencil icon on the right of each line to update the quantites as required
Handy Hint You donrsquot need to delete items from the template that you donrsquot need in the order When you
send the order any items with a quantity of zero will automatically be deleted from the order
To allow you to easily identify what items in your order have zero quantities a button is displayed called
Filter Zero Qty This button only appears if you have any items with zero quantities in your order
When you press that only those items with zero quantities are displayed
At the bottom of the page it will tell you how many items you currently have filtered from the total order
When you have pressed the Filter button that button will also change to say Show All Pressing that then
displays all items in the order whether they have zero quantities or not
Cheeky Charlie Stocktake Training
21 Introduction
Stocktake functionality has been built into Cheeky Charlie to assist stores in the process of stocktaking
This allows stores to create multiple stocktakes so if you want to perform stocktakes more than just an
annual stocktake you can
The stocktake tool works by using information either from your ticket printing store scan or scanning of
individual barcodes The system populates cost information from POS along with department information
from Cheeky Charlie for hosted products
You need to enter the quantity counted in your stocktake for each product and the system produces a
report summarising costs by department
The stocktake functionality is optional to use ndash you may use it or not to suit your individual requirements
The latest version of this manual is available within the Cheeky Charlie by clicking on the icon
22 Create a Stocktake
Creating a stocktake is done by using the cog icon from any screen in Cheeky Charlie
From the options available choose Stocktake
This brings up a screen where you can create a new stocktake or open an existing one
Create a new Stocktake by clicking the green + button in the bottom right hand corner of the screen
This displays the screen where you can name your stocktake and add products to it
23 Name Stocktake
In the screen enter a name for your stocktake You can have multiple stocktakes so name your stocktake in
a way that it you can identify between them
Handy Hint Create your stocktake name with a date eg ldquoMarch 31 2017 full stocktakerdquo or ldquoTobacco
monthly June 2016rdquo
24 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate From Store Scan
There are multiple ways you can populate your stocktake
You can populate your stocktake with details from your ticket printing store scan That function is
accessed through the red Populate Stocked Products That takes 1-2 minutes to run after you press that
button
Please note that you can only use this button when you have first created the stocktake before you add any
other product into it The reason for that is the last thing you need is to accidentally press that button and
add the same products part way through the stocktake process when you have already added the same
items previously
Pressing this button not only adds the products from your store scan it also takes the current price from
POS along with the associated department for any host supported products
You can update the Dept field for any item by selecting from the pull-down list The quantity and price can
also be updated
Filters exist for Dept Quantity and Price
Dept lets you select from any department and you can also select the blank line from the pull-down list to
select those items with a blank department
Quantity lets you select from either All items or those with a blank quantity (identifying items you still
need to update for your stocktake)
Price also lets you select from All items or those with a blank price (identifying items you still need to
update for your stocktake)
In addition to updating Dept Quantity and Price fields in the stocktake you can also scan additional items
You access that by pressing the green Scan Items button
That brings up the following screen
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
If you want to return to the list of all items in the stocktake press the Back button
25 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate By Scanning Barcodes
This function allows you to scan the barcodes of products to add them to your stocktake When you scan
each item the system retrieves details of the product from POS and returns the description and price
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
Continue scanning and adding quantities until you have completed your scan of products for your
stocktake
When you have finished press the Back button
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
A confirmation message will show at the bottom of the page to indicate the order has been copied as a
template
Go back to the order list page and select the Templates tab
That will show all the templates for your store The order you have just copied will be there with the same
name
Select that newly created template and then press the Review Template button to allow you to update the
name of the template
Within here as required you can delete individual items out of the template by using the rubbish bin icon
120 Editing templates
Templates can be edited to change the name add items or delete items You can also delete a template
entirely
To change a template name from the Review screen update the name
To delete items from a template from the Review screen press the rubbish bin icon
To add additional items to a template follow the instructions above for Create a Template From New
To delete a template from within the Review screen press the cog
From the options select Delete Order that will prompt you to confirm to delete then choose yes and the
template will be deleted
121 Create and update an order using templates
Ensure you are in Extended mode
From the Order List screen press the button to create an order
Enter the order name and update the delivery date as usual
Under the delivery date there is the Order Template list which shows all templates created for the store
Clicking on this displays the list of templates
You can select one or more of those templates and the items from each template will be added to the order
when created Select the templates required and press the Create Order button
The order will be created and you will be taken to the screen so you can add additional items to that order
by scanning as usual
You can review the items from the template that were added by using the Review Order button
That displays all items in the order All the items that were added from templates will show as having zero
quantities
You can then use the pencil icon on the right of each line to update the quantites as required
Handy Hint You donrsquot need to delete items from the template that you donrsquot need in the order When you
send the order any items with a quantity of zero will automatically be deleted from the order
To allow you to easily identify what items in your order have zero quantities a button is displayed called
Filter Zero Qty This button only appears if you have any items with zero quantities in your order
When you press that only those items with zero quantities are displayed
At the bottom of the page it will tell you how many items you currently have filtered from the total order
When you have pressed the Filter button that button will also change to say Show All Pressing that then
displays all items in the order whether they have zero quantities or not
Cheeky Charlie Stocktake Training
21 Introduction
Stocktake functionality has been built into Cheeky Charlie to assist stores in the process of stocktaking
This allows stores to create multiple stocktakes so if you want to perform stocktakes more than just an
annual stocktake you can
The stocktake tool works by using information either from your ticket printing store scan or scanning of
individual barcodes The system populates cost information from POS along with department information
from Cheeky Charlie for hosted products
You need to enter the quantity counted in your stocktake for each product and the system produces a
report summarising costs by department
The stocktake functionality is optional to use ndash you may use it or not to suit your individual requirements
The latest version of this manual is available within the Cheeky Charlie by clicking on the icon
22 Create a Stocktake
Creating a stocktake is done by using the cog icon from any screen in Cheeky Charlie
From the options available choose Stocktake
This brings up a screen where you can create a new stocktake or open an existing one
Create a new Stocktake by clicking the green + button in the bottom right hand corner of the screen
This displays the screen where you can name your stocktake and add products to it
23 Name Stocktake
In the screen enter a name for your stocktake You can have multiple stocktakes so name your stocktake in
a way that it you can identify between them
Handy Hint Create your stocktake name with a date eg ldquoMarch 31 2017 full stocktakerdquo or ldquoTobacco
monthly June 2016rdquo
24 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate From Store Scan
There are multiple ways you can populate your stocktake
You can populate your stocktake with details from your ticket printing store scan That function is
accessed through the red Populate Stocked Products That takes 1-2 minutes to run after you press that
button
Please note that you can only use this button when you have first created the stocktake before you add any
other product into it The reason for that is the last thing you need is to accidentally press that button and
add the same products part way through the stocktake process when you have already added the same
items previously
Pressing this button not only adds the products from your store scan it also takes the current price from
POS along with the associated department for any host supported products
You can update the Dept field for any item by selecting from the pull-down list The quantity and price can
also be updated
Filters exist for Dept Quantity and Price
Dept lets you select from any department and you can also select the blank line from the pull-down list to
select those items with a blank department
Quantity lets you select from either All items or those with a blank quantity (identifying items you still
need to update for your stocktake)
Price also lets you select from All items or those with a blank price (identifying items you still need to
update for your stocktake)
In addition to updating Dept Quantity and Price fields in the stocktake you can also scan additional items
You access that by pressing the green Scan Items button
That brings up the following screen
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
If you want to return to the list of all items in the stocktake press the Back button
25 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate By Scanning Barcodes
This function allows you to scan the barcodes of products to add them to your stocktake When you scan
each item the system retrieves details of the product from POS and returns the description and price
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
Continue scanning and adding quantities until you have completed your scan of products for your
stocktake
When you have finished press the Back button
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
That will show all the templates for your store The order you have just copied will be there with the same
name
Select that newly created template and then press the Review Template button to allow you to update the
name of the template
Within here as required you can delete individual items out of the template by using the rubbish bin icon
120 Editing templates
Templates can be edited to change the name add items or delete items You can also delete a template
entirely
To change a template name from the Review screen update the name
To delete items from a template from the Review screen press the rubbish bin icon
To add additional items to a template follow the instructions above for Create a Template From New
To delete a template from within the Review screen press the cog
From the options select Delete Order that will prompt you to confirm to delete then choose yes and the
template will be deleted
121 Create and update an order using templates
Ensure you are in Extended mode
From the Order List screen press the button to create an order
Enter the order name and update the delivery date as usual
Under the delivery date there is the Order Template list which shows all templates created for the store
Clicking on this displays the list of templates
You can select one or more of those templates and the items from each template will be added to the order
when created Select the templates required and press the Create Order button
The order will be created and you will be taken to the screen so you can add additional items to that order
by scanning as usual
You can review the items from the template that were added by using the Review Order button
That displays all items in the order All the items that were added from templates will show as having zero
quantities
You can then use the pencil icon on the right of each line to update the quantites as required
Handy Hint You donrsquot need to delete items from the template that you donrsquot need in the order When you
send the order any items with a quantity of zero will automatically be deleted from the order
To allow you to easily identify what items in your order have zero quantities a button is displayed called
Filter Zero Qty This button only appears if you have any items with zero quantities in your order
When you press that only those items with zero quantities are displayed
At the bottom of the page it will tell you how many items you currently have filtered from the total order
When you have pressed the Filter button that button will also change to say Show All Pressing that then
displays all items in the order whether they have zero quantities or not
Cheeky Charlie Stocktake Training
21 Introduction
Stocktake functionality has been built into Cheeky Charlie to assist stores in the process of stocktaking
This allows stores to create multiple stocktakes so if you want to perform stocktakes more than just an
annual stocktake you can
The stocktake tool works by using information either from your ticket printing store scan or scanning of
individual barcodes The system populates cost information from POS along with department information
from Cheeky Charlie for hosted products
You need to enter the quantity counted in your stocktake for each product and the system produces a
report summarising costs by department
The stocktake functionality is optional to use ndash you may use it or not to suit your individual requirements
The latest version of this manual is available within the Cheeky Charlie by clicking on the icon
22 Create a Stocktake
Creating a stocktake is done by using the cog icon from any screen in Cheeky Charlie
From the options available choose Stocktake
This brings up a screen where you can create a new stocktake or open an existing one
Create a new Stocktake by clicking the green + button in the bottom right hand corner of the screen
This displays the screen where you can name your stocktake and add products to it
23 Name Stocktake
In the screen enter a name for your stocktake You can have multiple stocktakes so name your stocktake in
a way that it you can identify between them
Handy Hint Create your stocktake name with a date eg ldquoMarch 31 2017 full stocktakerdquo or ldquoTobacco
monthly June 2016rdquo
24 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate From Store Scan
There are multiple ways you can populate your stocktake
You can populate your stocktake with details from your ticket printing store scan That function is
accessed through the red Populate Stocked Products That takes 1-2 minutes to run after you press that
button
Please note that you can only use this button when you have first created the stocktake before you add any
other product into it The reason for that is the last thing you need is to accidentally press that button and
add the same products part way through the stocktake process when you have already added the same
items previously
Pressing this button not only adds the products from your store scan it also takes the current price from
POS along with the associated department for any host supported products
You can update the Dept field for any item by selecting from the pull-down list The quantity and price can
also be updated
Filters exist for Dept Quantity and Price
Dept lets you select from any department and you can also select the blank line from the pull-down list to
select those items with a blank department
Quantity lets you select from either All items or those with a blank quantity (identifying items you still
need to update for your stocktake)
Price also lets you select from All items or those with a blank price (identifying items you still need to
update for your stocktake)
In addition to updating Dept Quantity and Price fields in the stocktake you can also scan additional items
You access that by pressing the green Scan Items button
That brings up the following screen
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
If you want to return to the list of all items in the stocktake press the Back button
25 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate By Scanning Barcodes
This function allows you to scan the barcodes of products to add them to your stocktake When you scan
each item the system retrieves details of the product from POS and returns the description and price
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
Continue scanning and adding quantities until you have completed your scan of products for your
stocktake
When you have finished press the Back button
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
Templates can be edited to change the name add items or delete items You can also delete a template
entirely
To change a template name from the Review screen update the name
To delete items from a template from the Review screen press the rubbish bin icon
To add additional items to a template follow the instructions above for Create a Template From New
To delete a template from within the Review screen press the cog
From the options select Delete Order that will prompt you to confirm to delete then choose yes and the
template will be deleted
121 Create and update an order using templates
Ensure you are in Extended mode
From the Order List screen press the button to create an order
Enter the order name and update the delivery date as usual
Under the delivery date there is the Order Template list which shows all templates created for the store
Clicking on this displays the list of templates
You can select one or more of those templates and the items from each template will be added to the order
when created Select the templates required and press the Create Order button
The order will be created and you will be taken to the screen so you can add additional items to that order
by scanning as usual
You can review the items from the template that were added by using the Review Order button
That displays all items in the order All the items that were added from templates will show as having zero
quantities
You can then use the pencil icon on the right of each line to update the quantites as required
Handy Hint You donrsquot need to delete items from the template that you donrsquot need in the order When you
send the order any items with a quantity of zero will automatically be deleted from the order
To allow you to easily identify what items in your order have zero quantities a button is displayed called
Filter Zero Qty This button only appears if you have any items with zero quantities in your order
When you press that only those items with zero quantities are displayed
At the bottom of the page it will tell you how many items you currently have filtered from the total order
When you have pressed the Filter button that button will also change to say Show All Pressing that then
displays all items in the order whether they have zero quantities or not
Cheeky Charlie Stocktake Training
21 Introduction
Stocktake functionality has been built into Cheeky Charlie to assist stores in the process of stocktaking
This allows stores to create multiple stocktakes so if you want to perform stocktakes more than just an
annual stocktake you can
The stocktake tool works by using information either from your ticket printing store scan or scanning of
individual barcodes The system populates cost information from POS along with department information
from Cheeky Charlie for hosted products
You need to enter the quantity counted in your stocktake for each product and the system produces a
report summarising costs by department
The stocktake functionality is optional to use ndash you may use it or not to suit your individual requirements
The latest version of this manual is available within the Cheeky Charlie by clicking on the icon
22 Create a Stocktake
Creating a stocktake is done by using the cog icon from any screen in Cheeky Charlie
From the options available choose Stocktake
This brings up a screen where you can create a new stocktake or open an existing one
Create a new Stocktake by clicking the green + button in the bottom right hand corner of the screen
This displays the screen where you can name your stocktake and add products to it
23 Name Stocktake
In the screen enter a name for your stocktake You can have multiple stocktakes so name your stocktake in
a way that it you can identify between them
Handy Hint Create your stocktake name with a date eg ldquoMarch 31 2017 full stocktakerdquo or ldquoTobacco
monthly June 2016rdquo
24 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate From Store Scan
There are multiple ways you can populate your stocktake
You can populate your stocktake with details from your ticket printing store scan That function is
accessed through the red Populate Stocked Products That takes 1-2 minutes to run after you press that
button
Please note that you can only use this button when you have first created the stocktake before you add any
other product into it The reason for that is the last thing you need is to accidentally press that button and
add the same products part way through the stocktake process when you have already added the same
items previously
Pressing this button not only adds the products from your store scan it also takes the current price from
POS along with the associated department for any host supported products
You can update the Dept field for any item by selecting from the pull-down list The quantity and price can
also be updated
Filters exist for Dept Quantity and Price
Dept lets you select from any department and you can also select the blank line from the pull-down list to
select those items with a blank department
Quantity lets you select from either All items or those with a blank quantity (identifying items you still
need to update for your stocktake)
Price also lets you select from All items or those with a blank price (identifying items you still need to
update for your stocktake)
In addition to updating Dept Quantity and Price fields in the stocktake you can also scan additional items
You access that by pressing the green Scan Items button
That brings up the following screen
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
If you want to return to the list of all items in the stocktake press the Back button
25 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate By Scanning Barcodes
This function allows you to scan the barcodes of products to add them to your stocktake When you scan
each item the system retrieves details of the product from POS and returns the description and price
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
Continue scanning and adding quantities until you have completed your scan of products for your
stocktake
When you have finished press the Back button
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
From the options select Delete Order that will prompt you to confirm to delete then choose yes and the
template will be deleted
121 Create and update an order using templates
Ensure you are in Extended mode
From the Order List screen press the button to create an order
Enter the order name and update the delivery date as usual
Under the delivery date there is the Order Template list which shows all templates created for the store
Clicking on this displays the list of templates
You can select one or more of those templates and the items from each template will be added to the order
when created Select the templates required and press the Create Order button
The order will be created and you will be taken to the screen so you can add additional items to that order
by scanning as usual
You can review the items from the template that were added by using the Review Order button
That displays all items in the order All the items that were added from templates will show as having zero
quantities
You can then use the pencil icon on the right of each line to update the quantites as required
Handy Hint You donrsquot need to delete items from the template that you donrsquot need in the order When you
send the order any items with a quantity of zero will automatically be deleted from the order
To allow you to easily identify what items in your order have zero quantities a button is displayed called
Filter Zero Qty This button only appears if you have any items with zero quantities in your order
When you press that only those items with zero quantities are displayed
At the bottom of the page it will tell you how many items you currently have filtered from the total order
When you have pressed the Filter button that button will also change to say Show All Pressing that then
displays all items in the order whether they have zero quantities or not
Cheeky Charlie Stocktake Training
21 Introduction
Stocktake functionality has been built into Cheeky Charlie to assist stores in the process of stocktaking
This allows stores to create multiple stocktakes so if you want to perform stocktakes more than just an
annual stocktake you can
The stocktake tool works by using information either from your ticket printing store scan or scanning of
individual barcodes The system populates cost information from POS along with department information
from Cheeky Charlie for hosted products
You need to enter the quantity counted in your stocktake for each product and the system produces a
report summarising costs by department
The stocktake functionality is optional to use ndash you may use it or not to suit your individual requirements
The latest version of this manual is available within the Cheeky Charlie by clicking on the icon
22 Create a Stocktake
Creating a stocktake is done by using the cog icon from any screen in Cheeky Charlie
From the options available choose Stocktake
This brings up a screen where you can create a new stocktake or open an existing one
Create a new Stocktake by clicking the green + button in the bottom right hand corner of the screen
This displays the screen where you can name your stocktake and add products to it
23 Name Stocktake
In the screen enter a name for your stocktake You can have multiple stocktakes so name your stocktake in
a way that it you can identify between them
Handy Hint Create your stocktake name with a date eg ldquoMarch 31 2017 full stocktakerdquo or ldquoTobacco
monthly June 2016rdquo
24 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate From Store Scan
There are multiple ways you can populate your stocktake
You can populate your stocktake with details from your ticket printing store scan That function is
accessed through the red Populate Stocked Products That takes 1-2 minutes to run after you press that
button
Please note that you can only use this button when you have first created the stocktake before you add any
other product into it The reason for that is the last thing you need is to accidentally press that button and
add the same products part way through the stocktake process when you have already added the same
items previously
Pressing this button not only adds the products from your store scan it also takes the current price from
POS along with the associated department for any host supported products
You can update the Dept field for any item by selecting from the pull-down list The quantity and price can
also be updated
Filters exist for Dept Quantity and Price
Dept lets you select from any department and you can also select the blank line from the pull-down list to
select those items with a blank department
Quantity lets you select from either All items or those with a blank quantity (identifying items you still
need to update for your stocktake)
Price also lets you select from All items or those with a blank price (identifying items you still need to
update for your stocktake)
In addition to updating Dept Quantity and Price fields in the stocktake you can also scan additional items
You access that by pressing the green Scan Items button
That brings up the following screen
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
If you want to return to the list of all items in the stocktake press the Back button
25 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate By Scanning Barcodes
This function allows you to scan the barcodes of products to add them to your stocktake When you scan
each item the system retrieves details of the product from POS and returns the description and price
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
Continue scanning and adding quantities until you have completed your scan of products for your
stocktake
When you have finished press the Back button
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
Under the delivery date there is the Order Template list which shows all templates created for the store
Clicking on this displays the list of templates
You can select one or more of those templates and the items from each template will be added to the order
when created Select the templates required and press the Create Order button
The order will be created and you will be taken to the screen so you can add additional items to that order
by scanning as usual
You can review the items from the template that were added by using the Review Order button
That displays all items in the order All the items that were added from templates will show as having zero
quantities
You can then use the pencil icon on the right of each line to update the quantites as required
Handy Hint You donrsquot need to delete items from the template that you donrsquot need in the order When you
send the order any items with a quantity of zero will automatically be deleted from the order
To allow you to easily identify what items in your order have zero quantities a button is displayed called
Filter Zero Qty This button only appears if you have any items with zero quantities in your order
When you press that only those items with zero quantities are displayed
At the bottom of the page it will tell you how many items you currently have filtered from the total order
When you have pressed the Filter button that button will also change to say Show All Pressing that then
displays all items in the order whether they have zero quantities or not
Cheeky Charlie Stocktake Training
21 Introduction
Stocktake functionality has been built into Cheeky Charlie to assist stores in the process of stocktaking
This allows stores to create multiple stocktakes so if you want to perform stocktakes more than just an
annual stocktake you can
The stocktake tool works by using information either from your ticket printing store scan or scanning of
individual barcodes The system populates cost information from POS along with department information
from Cheeky Charlie for hosted products
You need to enter the quantity counted in your stocktake for each product and the system produces a
report summarising costs by department
The stocktake functionality is optional to use ndash you may use it or not to suit your individual requirements
The latest version of this manual is available within the Cheeky Charlie by clicking on the icon
22 Create a Stocktake
Creating a stocktake is done by using the cog icon from any screen in Cheeky Charlie
From the options available choose Stocktake
This brings up a screen where you can create a new stocktake or open an existing one
Create a new Stocktake by clicking the green + button in the bottom right hand corner of the screen
This displays the screen where you can name your stocktake and add products to it
23 Name Stocktake
In the screen enter a name for your stocktake You can have multiple stocktakes so name your stocktake in
a way that it you can identify between them
Handy Hint Create your stocktake name with a date eg ldquoMarch 31 2017 full stocktakerdquo or ldquoTobacco
monthly June 2016rdquo
24 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate From Store Scan
There are multiple ways you can populate your stocktake
You can populate your stocktake with details from your ticket printing store scan That function is
accessed through the red Populate Stocked Products That takes 1-2 minutes to run after you press that
button
Please note that you can only use this button when you have first created the stocktake before you add any
other product into it The reason for that is the last thing you need is to accidentally press that button and
add the same products part way through the stocktake process when you have already added the same
items previously
Pressing this button not only adds the products from your store scan it also takes the current price from
POS along with the associated department for any host supported products
You can update the Dept field for any item by selecting from the pull-down list The quantity and price can
also be updated
Filters exist for Dept Quantity and Price
Dept lets you select from any department and you can also select the blank line from the pull-down list to
select those items with a blank department
Quantity lets you select from either All items or those with a blank quantity (identifying items you still
need to update for your stocktake)
Price also lets you select from All items or those with a blank price (identifying items you still need to
update for your stocktake)
In addition to updating Dept Quantity and Price fields in the stocktake you can also scan additional items
You access that by pressing the green Scan Items button
That brings up the following screen
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
If you want to return to the list of all items in the stocktake press the Back button
25 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate By Scanning Barcodes
This function allows you to scan the barcodes of products to add them to your stocktake When you scan
each item the system retrieves details of the product from POS and returns the description and price
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
Continue scanning and adding quantities until you have completed your scan of products for your
stocktake
When you have finished press the Back button
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
You can select one or more of those templates and the items from each template will be added to the order
when created Select the templates required and press the Create Order button
The order will be created and you will be taken to the screen so you can add additional items to that order
by scanning as usual
You can review the items from the template that were added by using the Review Order button
That displays all items in the order All the items that were added from templates will show as having zero
quantities
You can then use the pencil icon on the right of each line to update the quantites as required
Handy Hint You donrsquot need to delete items from the template that you donrsquot need in the order When you
send the order any items with a quantity of zero will automatically be deleted from the order
To allow you to easily identify what items in your order have zero quantities a button is displayed called
Filter Zero Qty This button only appears if you have any items with zero quantities in your order
When you press that only those items with zero quantities are displayed
At the bottom of the page it will tell you how many items you currently have filtered from the total order
When you have pressed the Filter button that button will also change to say Show All Pressing that then
displays all items in the order whether they have zero quantities or not
Cheeky Charlie Stocktake Training
21 Introduction
Stocktake functionality has been built into Cheeky Charlie to assist stores in the process of stocktaking
This allows stores to create multiple stocktakes so if you want to perform stocktakes more than just an
annual stocktake you can
The stocktake tool works by using information either from your ticket printing store scan or scanning of
individual barcodes The system populates cost information from POS along with department information
from Cheeky Charlie for hosted products
You need to enter the quantity counted in your stocktake for each product and the system produces a
report summarising costs by department
The stocktake functionality is optional to use ndash you may use it or not to suit your individual requirements
The latest version of this manual is available within the Cheeky Charlie by clicking on the icon
22 Create a Stocktake
Creating a stocktake is done by using the cog icon from any screen in Cheeky Charlie
From the options available choose Stocktake
This brings up a screen where you can create a new stocktake or open an existing one
Create a new Stocktake by clicking the green + button in the bottom right hand corner of the screen
This displays the screen where you can name your stocktake and add products to it
23 Name Stocktake
In the screen enter a name for your stocktake You can have multiple stocktakes so name your stocktake in
a way that it you can identify between them
Handy Hint Create your stocktake name with a date eg ldquoMarch 31 2017 full stocktakerdquo or ldquoTobacco
monthly June 2016rdquo
24 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate From Store Scan
There are multiple ways you can populate your stocktake
You can populate your stocktake with details from your ticket printing store scan That function is
accessed through the red Populate Stocked Products That takes 1-2 minutes to run after you press that
button
Please note that you can only use this button when you have first created the stocktake before you add any
other product into it The reason for that is the last thing you need is to accidentally press that button and
add the same products part way through the stocktake process when you have already added the same
items previously
Pressing this button not only adds the products from your store scan it also takes the current price from
POS along with the associated department for any host supported products
You can update the Dept field for any item by selecting from the pull-down list The quantity and price can
also be updated
Filters exist for Dept Quantity and Price
Dept lets you select from any department and you can also select the blank line from the pull-down list to
select those items with a blank department
Quantity lets you select from either All items or those with a blank quantity (identifying items you still
need to update for your stocktake)
Price also lets you select from All items or those with a blank price (identifying items you still need to
update for your stocktake)
In addition to updating Dept Quantity and Price fields in the stocktake you can also scan additional items
You access that by pressing the green Scan Items button
That brings up the following screen
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
If you want to return to the list of all items in the stocktake press the Back button
25 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate By Scanning Barcodes
This function allows you to scan the barcodes of products to add them to your stocktake When you scan
each item the system retrieves details of the product from POS and returns the description and price
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
Continue scanning and adding quantities until you have completed your scan of products for your
stocktake
When you have finished press the Back button
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
That displays all items in the order All the items that were added from templates will show as having zero
quantities
You can then use the pencil icon on the right of each line to update the quantites as required
Handy Hint You donrsquot need to delete items from the template that you donrsquot need in the order When you
send the order any items with a quantity of zero will automatically be deleted from the order
To allow you to easily identify what items in your order have zero quantities a button is displayed called
Filter Zero Qty This button only appears if you have any items with zero quantities in your order
When you press that only those items with zero quantities are displayed
At the bottom of the page it will tell you how many items you currently have filtered from the total order
When you have pressed the Filter button that button will also change to say Show All Pressing that then
displays all items in the order whether they have zero quantities or not
Cheeky Charlie Stocktake Training
21 Introduction
Stocktake functionality has been built into Cheeky Charlie to assist stores in the process of stocktaking
This allows stores to create multiple stocktakes so if you want to perform stocktakes more than just an
annual stocktake you can
The stocktake tool works by using information either from your ticket printing store scan or scanning of
individual barcodes The system populates cost information from POS along with department information
from Cheeky Charlie for hosted products
You need to enter the quantity counted in your stocktake for each product and the system produces a
report summarising costs by department
The stocktake functionality is optional to use ndash you may use it or not to suit your individual requirements
The latest version of this manual is available within the Cheeky Charlie by clicking on the icon
22 Create a Stocktake
Creating a stocktake is done by using the cog icon from any screen in Cheeky Charlie
From the options available choose Stocktake
This brings up a screen where you can create a new stocktake or open an existing one
Create a new Stocktake by clicking the green + button in the bottom right hand corner of the screen
This displays the screen where you can name your stocktake and add products to it
23 Name Stocktake
In the screen enter a name for your stocktake You can have multiple stocktakes so name your stocktake in
a way that it you can identify between them
Handy Hint Create your stocktake name with a date eg ldquoMarch 31 2017 full stocktakerdquo or ldquoTobacco
monthly June 2016rdquo
24 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate From Store Scan
There are multiple ways you can populate your stocktake
You can populate your stocktake with details from your ticket printing store scan That function is
accessed through the red Populate Stocked Products That takes 1-2 minutes to run after you press that
button
Please note that you can only use this button when you have first created the stocktake before you add any
other product into it The reason for that is the last thing you need is to accidentally press that button and
add the same products part way through the stocktake process when you have already added the same
items previously
Pressing this button not only adds the products from your store scan it also takes the current price from
POS along with the associated department for any host supported products
You can update the Dept field for any item by selecting from the pull-down list The quantity and price can
also be updated
Filters exist for Dept Quantity and Price
Dept lets you select from any department and you can also select the blank line from the pull-down list to
select those items with a blank department
Quantity lets you select from either All items or those with a blank quantity (identifying items you still
need to update for your stocktake)
Price also lets you select from All items or those with a blank price (identifying items you still need to
update for your stocktake)
In addition to updating Dept Quantity and Price fields in the stocktake you can also scan additional items
You access that by pressing the green Scan Items button
That brings up the following screen
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
If you want to return to the list of all items in the stocktake press the Back button
25 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate By Scanning Barcodes
This function allows you to scan the barcodes of products to add them to your stocktake When you scan
each item the system retrieves details of the product from POS and returns the description and price
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
Continue scanning and adding quantities until you have completed your scan of products for your
stocktake
When you have finished press the Back button
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
Handy Hint You donrsquot need to delete items from the template that you donrsquot need in the order When you
send the order any items with a quantity of zero will automatically be deleted from the order
To allow you to easily identify what items in your order have zero quantities a button is displayed called
Filter Zero Qty This button only appears if you have any items with zero quantities in your order
When you press that only those items with zero quantities are displayed
At the bottom of the page it will tell you how many items you currently have filtered from the total order
When you have pressed the Filter button that button will also change to say Show All Pressing that then
displays all items in the order whether they have zero quantities or not
Cheeky Charlie Stocktake Training
21 Introduction
Stocktake functionality has been built into Cheeky Charlie to assist stores in the process of stocktaking
This allows stores to create multiple stocktakes so if you want to perform stocktakes more than just an
annual stocktake you can
The stocktake tool works by using information either from your ticket printing store scan or scanning of
individual barcodes The system populates cost information from POS along with department information
from Cheeky Charlie for hosted products
You need to enter the quantity counted in your stocktake for each product and the system produces a
report summarising costs by department
The stocktake functionality is optional to use ndash you may use it or not to suit your individual requirements
The latest version of this manual is available within the Cheeky Charlie by clicking on the icon
22 Create a Stocktake
Creating a stocktake is done by using the cog icon from any screen in Cheeky Charlie
From the options available choose Stocktake
This brings up a screen where you can create a new stocktake or open an existing one
Create a new Stocktake by clicking the green + button in the bottom right hand corner of the screen
This displays the screen where you can name your stocktake and add products to it
23 Name Stocktake
In the screen enter a name for your stocktake You can have multiple stocktakes so name your stocktake in
a way that it you can identify between them
Handy Hint Create your stocktake name with a date eg ldquoMarch 31 2017 full stocktakerdquo or ldquoTobacco
monthly June 2016rdquo
24 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate From Store Scan
There are multiple ways you can populate your stocktake
You can populate your stocktake with details from your ticket printing store scan That function is
accessed through the red Populate Stocked Products That takes 1-2 minutes to run after you press that
button
Please note that you can only use this button when you have first created the stocktake before you add any
other product into it The reason for that is the last thing you need is to accidentally press that button and
add the same products part way through the stocktake process when you have already added the same
items previously
Pressing this button not only adds the products from your store scan it also takes the current price from
POS along with the associated department for any host supported products
You can update the Dept field for any item by selecting from the pull-down list The quantity and price can
also be updated
Filters exist for Dept Quantity and Price
Dept lets you select from any department and you can also select the blank line from the pull-down list to
select those items with a blank department
Quantity lets you select from either All items or those with a blank quantity (identifying items you still
need to update for your stocktake)
Price also lets you select from All items or those with a blank price (identifying items you still need to
update for your stocktake)
In addition to updating Dept Quantity and Price fields in the stocktake you can also scan additional items
You access that by pressing the green Scan Items button
That brings up the following screen
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
If you want to return to the list of all items in the stocktake press the Back button
25 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate By Scanning Barcodes
This function allows you to scan the barcodes of products to add them to your stocktake When you scan
each item the system retrieves details of the product from POS and returns the description and price
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
Continue scanning and adding quantities until you have completed your scan of products for your
stocktake
When you have finished press the Back button
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
Cheeky Charlie Stocktake Training
21 Introduction
Stocktake functionality has been built into Cheeky Charlie to assist stores in the process of stocktaking
This allows stores to create multiple stocktakes so if you want to perform stocktakes more than just an
annual stocktake you can
The stocktake tool works by using information either from your ticket printing store scan or scanning of
individual barcodes The system populates cost information from POS along with department information
from Cheeky Charlie for hosted products
You need to enter the quantity counted in your stocktake for each product and the system produces a
report summarising costs by department
The stocktake functionality is optional to use ndash you may use it or not to suit your individual requirements
The latest version of this manual is available within the Cheeky Charlie by clicking on the icon
22 Create a Stocktake
Creating a stocktake is done by using the cog icon from any screen in Cheeky Charlie
From the options available choose Stocktake
This brings up a screen where you can create a new stocktake or open an existing one
Create a new Stocktake by clicking the green + button in the bottom right hand corner of the screen
This displays the screen where you can name your stocktake and add products to it
23 Name Stocktake
In the screen enter a name for your stocktake You can have multiple stocktakes so name your stocktake in
a way that it you can identify between them
Handy Hint Create your stocktake name with a date eg ldquoMarch 31 2017 full stocktakerdquo or ldquoTobacco
monthly June 2016rdquo
24 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate From Store Scan
There are multiple ways you can populate your stocktake
You can populate your stocktake with details from your ticket printing store scan That function is
accessed through the red Populate Stocked Products That takes 1-2 minutes to run after you press that
button
Please note that you can only use this button when you have first created the stocktake before you add any
other product into it The reason for that is the last thing you need is to accidentally press that button and
add the same products part way through the stocktake process when you have already added the same
items previously
Pressing this button not only adds the products from your store scan it also takes the current price from
POS along with the associated department for any host supported products
You can update the Dept field for any item by selecting from the pull-down list The quantity and price can
also be updated
Filters exist for Dept Quantity and Price
Dept lets you select from any department and you can also select the blank line from the pull-down list to
select those items with a blank department
Quantity lets you select from either All items or those with a blank quantity (identifying items you still
need to update for your stocktake)
Price also lets you select from All items or those with a blank price (identifying items you still need to
update for your stocktake)
In addition to updating Dept Quantity and Price fields in the stocktake you can also scan additional items
You access that by pressing the green Scan Items button
That brings up the following screen
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
If you want to return to the list of all items in the stocktake press the Back button
25 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate By Scanning Barcodes
This function allows you to scan the barcodes of products to add them to your stocktake When you scan
each item the system retrieves details of the product from POS and returns the description and price
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
Continue scanning and adding quantities until you have completed your scan of products for your
stocktake
When you have finished press the Back button
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
This displays the screen where you can name your stocktake and add products to it
23 Name Stocktake
In the screen enter a name for your stocktake You can have multiple stocktakes so name your stocktake in
a way that it you can identify between them
Handy Hint Create your stocktake name with a date eg ldquoMarch 31 2017 full stocktakerdquo or ldquoTobacco
monthly June 2016rdquo
24 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate From Store Scan
There are multiple ways you can populate your stocktake
You can populate your stocktake with details from your ticket printing store scan That function is
accessed through the red Populate Stocked Products That takes 1-2 minutes to run after you press that
button
Please note that you can only use this button when you have first created the stocktake before you add any
other product into it The reason for that is the last thing you need is to accidentally press that button and
add the same products part way through the stocktake process when you have already added the same
items previously
Pressing this button not only adds the products from your store scan it also takes the current price from
POS along with the associated department for any host supported products
You can update the Dept field for any item by selecting from the pull-down list The quantity and price can
also be updated
Filters exist for Dept Quantity and Price
Dept lets you select from any department and you can also select the blank line from the pull-down list to
select those items with a blank department
Quantity lets you select from either All items or those with a blank quantity (identifying items you still
need to update for your stocktake)
Price also lets you select from All items or those with a blank price (identifying items you still need to
update for your stocktake)
In addition to updating Dept Quantity and Price fields in the stocktake you can also scan additional items
You access that by pressing the green Scan Items button
That brings up the following screen
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
If you want to return to the list of all items in the stocktake press the Back button
25 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate By Scanning Barcodes
This function allows you to scan the barcodes of products to add them to your stocktake When you scan
each item the system retrieves details of the product from POS and returns the description and price
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
Continue scanning and adding quantities until you have completed your scan of products for your
stocktake
When you have finished press the Back button
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
button
Please note that you can only use this button when you have first created the stocktake before you add any
other product into it The reason for that is the last thing you need is to accidentally press that button and
add the same products part way through the stocktake process when you have already added the same
items previously
Pressing this button not only adds the products from your store scan it also takes the current price from
POS along with the associated department for any host supported products
You can update the Dept field for any item by selecting from the pull-down list The quantity and price can
also be updated
Filters exist for Dept Quantity and Price
Dept lets you select from any department and you can also select the blank line from the pull-down list to
select those items with a blank department
Quantity lets you select from either All items or those with a blank quantity (identifying items you still
need to update for your stocktake)
Price also lets you select from All items or those with a blank price (identifying items you still need to
update for your stocktake)
In addition to updating Dept Quantity and Price fields in the stocktake you can also scan additional items
You access that by pressing the green Scan Items button
That brings up the following screen
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
If you want to return to the list of all items in the stocktake press the Back button
25 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate By Scanning Barcodes
This function allows you to scan the barcodes of products to add them to your stocktake When you scan
each item the system retrieves details of the product from POS and returns the description and price
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
Continue scanning and adding quantities until you have completed your scan of products for your
stocktake
When you have finished press the Back button
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
Quantity lets you select from either All items or those with a blank quantity (identifying items you still
need to update for your stocktake)
Price also lets you select from All items or those with a blank price (identifying items you still need to
update for your stocktake)
In addition to updating Dept Quantity and Price fields in the stocktake you can also scan additional items
You access that by pressing the green Scan Items button
That brings up the following screen
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
If you want to return to the list of all items in the stocktake press the Back button
25 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate By Scanning Barcodes
This function allows you to scan the barcodes of products to add them to your stocktake When you scan
each item the system retrieves details of the product from POS and returns the description and price
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
Continue scanning and adding quantities until you have completed your scan of products for your
stocktake
When you have finished press the Back button
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
If you want to return to the list of all items in the stocktake press the Back button
25 Populate Stocktake ndash Populate By Scanning Barcodes
This function allows you to scan the barcodes of products to add them to your stocktake When you scan
each item the system retrieves details of the product from POS and returns the description and price
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
Continue scanning and adding quantities until you have completed your scan of products for your
stocktake
When you have finished press the Back button
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
Scan in a barcode That will populate the description from POS of that product
Then type in the quantity and press the Add button
That will add this item to the bottom of the stocktake list The screen will be updated to show what you
have just added and will blank out the details to allow you to enter another item
Continue scanning and adding quantities until you have completed your scan of products for your
stocktake
When you have finished press the Back button
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
That will take you to a list of all the items in the stocktake along with department and price information
Note that if a product is not host supported the Department details will be blank You will need to update
that by using the drop down option on each line
26 Stocktake Report
Use the Show Report button to produce a stocktake report
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
The Stocktake report is split into 2 parts The first summarises the costs by Department
The second part of the report has a single line for each barcode Where the store scan has multiple
instances of the same product those are summarised into a single line
Pressing the PDF button will save a PDF version of the top half (summary by Department) of the report
The CSV button will save a Microsoft Excel version of the lower half of the report
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
When in the report you can press the Edit button to update existing items before generating the report
again The Scan More Items button allows you to scan additional items to include in the report
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
New Ticket Printing Solution
31 New Ticket Printer - Useful Tips Before You Start
Make sure you have
Enough space printer lids open to the left and paper doors open to the right
Able to connect to network switches via Ethernet cable
Promo ticket printer uses white paper ndash has white circle sticker inside lid
Promo ticket printer uses yellow paper ndash has yellow circle sticker inside lid
- Ticket printer with lid opened
Different network switches are assigned to UNI and LNI stores
For UNI
- Cisco network switch port 20
For LNI
A variation of network switches have been assigned to LNI stores User may plug the printers into any port
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
on the switches If you have any questions send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
32 Unbox
In the boxes you should have
1048576 One shelf ticket printer with roll of white paper inside
1048576 One promo ticket printer with roll of yellow paper inside
1048576 Extra roll of white paper
1048576 Extra roll of yellow paper
1048576 2x Power cable
1048576 2x Paper tray
1048576 2x Ethernet cables (or network power plug)
1048576 New ticket printing solution starter kit
Things that you DO NOT need
CD
USB cable
33 Setting Up Your Printers
Step 1 Plug the Ethernet cable into the underside of both printers and into one of your storersquos assigned ports
Please only use the two assigned ports
How to find your storersquos assigned ports
1 Will be on a sheet included in this starter pack Please keep this information
2 If you canrsquot find it send us an email at ticket4squarekiwi
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
- Port for Ethernet connection is located below the printer
- The other end of the Ethernet cable connects to the port on the Cisco network switch
Step 2 Plug power cable into the back of each printer and a power socket
Step 3 The paper rolls may have moved Feed paper through the machine and centre the paper roll by using the
two blue stabilisers
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
- Make sure the two sets of blue stabilisers are pushed close together in order to keep the paper roll in place
Step 4 Turn the printer on (switch is on right hand side of printer)
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
Step 5 To test out your new printer please log in to the Cheeky Charlie Portal
End set up Visit Cheeky Charlie for a walkthrough on how to print tickets
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
Cheeky Charlie Ticket Printing Training
41 Scan items (scan your store)
This function is used to initially scan your store That scanned information is used for 2 purposes
1 To understand what products are stocked in-store so you can filter tickets to print out on only
those ones you have stocked
2 To understand the location of products so that when tickets are printed out they are in the correct
order for your store
The scan items function is accessed through the printer icon in the menu bar
Select the Scan Items option
The scan items screen is shown below
Location details are Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot
To scan an item select the Barcode field and scan the barcode of a product
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
When you scan this it looks up that barcode from your POS system and displays the description of the
scanned product It then automatically moves the slot number to the next number
TIP ndash all items that are scanned are marked as being stocked When you delete an item (shown later) this
marks them as being no longer stocked
If you scan a product that the system cannot identify you can still add it as part of your scan If that
happens a message in red will display stating that it failed to add the product Press the + button next to
that message to add the product The system will then retrieve the description of that product from your
POS next time it synchronises
Every time you add a product to a location it displays a message confirming what has been added
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
When you have finished scanning a shelf you can update the shelf number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the slot number back to 1
When you have finished scanning an Aisle you can update the Aisle number to the next number ndash that will
automatically change the bay shelf and slot numbers back to 1
TIP ndash you can have the same product in multiple locations within a store
42 How to print Shelf tickets (for the first time)
The Item Details function is used to maintain details of the products within your store once you have
completed your store scan You can add new items delete items or update the location from one position
to another You can also print individual shelf tickets
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
This function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The Item Details screen displays all products scanned for a store sorted by the location within the store
This screen has a floating menu bar Functions that are available within that menu bar are Insert Update
Delete or Print
421 Insert New
This function allows you to insert a new product into the correct location for the store Press the Insert
New button
When pressed it displays the fields for location
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
Update the aisle bay shelf and slot number for the location for the new product then enter the barcode
That inserts the product into the specified location
Press the Insert New button to hide the location details again A message is also displayed indicating the
product has been added
TIP ndash if there is an existing products on that shelf anything later than the slot you have inserted this into
have their numbers increased by one Eg if you insert an item into slot 4 on a shelf the item that was in
slot 4 is moved to slot 5 the item that was in slot 5 moved to slot 6 etc
Other functions are available when you have one or more products selected in the check boxes on the left
422 Update
This function allows you to change the location for a product To perform this you must have just one
product selected Select the product you want to change the location for and press the Update button
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
The current location for that product is displayed
Update these details with the new location required for the product and press the Update Selected button
A message will flash up on the bottom right of the screen and the product will be updated to the new
location
TIP ndash the system automatically adjusts the locations of the other items on the shelf where the product was
moved from and where it was moved to Items after its original location have their slot number reduced by
one and items after the new slot number where it was moved to have their slot numbers increased by one
423 Delete Selected
This allows you to select one or more products and delete those This is an important maintenance tasks to
perform when you are no longer stocking a product as a deleted product will be marked as no longer
stocked for ticket printing purposes
Selecting can be done in several ways
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
You can manually select one or more check boxes for items that you want to delete
You can also select an entire Bay by pressing any one of the Bay numbers on the screen
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
Similarly you can select an entire Aisle by pressing an Aisle number
Pressing the Delete Selected button will then delete all the selected items
A message will display to confirm the selected items have been deleted
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
424 Print Selected
This function allows you to print out a new shelf ticket for a product When printed this uses the current
pricing from your POS for that ticket
Printing your store tickets by aisle and bay Select the aisle and bay you want to filter by and select Search
Select the items by either selecting the checkboxes on the left OR by selecting the bay number in the list
(highlighted)
Select Print Selected
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
425 Print My Store
This function allows you to print out shelf tickets for your entire store
When pressed this creates tickets with a type of Shelf into your ticket printing queue
426 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the
products in the store and their location
The information that is displayed in these files is the same information as shown on the screen as well as
the barcode for the product
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
The PDF data looks like this
The CSV data looks like this
43 Design Tickets
This function allows you to print custom tickets You can print Shelf Promotion or Multi-buy tickets
The Design tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
Use the template box to select the type of ticket you want to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
431 Shelf ticket
Select the Shelf ticket template
Enter the details for Barcode Description Size Dollars and Cents A preview of the ticket will display
and the system will default in the value for the current week of the year into the template
Press the Print Ticket button and the ticket will be printed in the standard shelf ticket format
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
432 Promotion Ticket
Select the Promo template and enter the details needed In addition to the fields from the shelf ticket an
End Date can be entered for the promotion ticket
TIP ndash you may also print out smaller version of Promo tickets by selecting the Promo Small Template
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
433 Multi-buy Promotion ticket
This is a ticket that allows you to enter 2 lines of custom text
44 Price Integrity
This is a function that allows you to perform price integrity checks using your tabletscanner
The barcodes for the shelf tickets are comprised of 2 parts ndash the product barcode and the price printed on
the ticket
The Price Integrity function allows you to scan those shelf tickets compares the price from that ticket to
the price in POS and displays the result
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
The Price Integrity function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below The only action you can perform is to scan a shelf ticket barcode
The results are then displayed below
Possible results are
OK ndash the POS price matches the shelf price
New ticket printed ndash the POS price is different from the shelf price A new shelf ticket will
automatically be printed
On Promotion ndash As this product is currently on promotion the price in POS is the promotion
price not the current shelf price Therefore the system cannot perform price integrity check on
that shelf ticket
Not Found in POS ndashthe product scanned was not found in POS This indicates that the product
barcode cannot be found in POS The product should then be added into POS
45 Price Integrity History
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
Whenever the price integrity function is used it creates a record in the Price Integrity History report
The Price Integrity History function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
In this report you can specify Start and End dates for previous price integrity checks
451 PDF and CSV
These functions allow you to produce a PDF file for printing or a Microsoft Excel CSV file of all the price
integrity checks and their results
Sample PDF
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
Sample CSV
46 Print Weekly Tickets
The Print Tickets function allows you to print tickets that have been created by Foodstuffs for either
shelf tickets or promotions
The information from your Store Scan is used to help filter these tickets to only show which products you
stock Then then you can select those tickets to print
The Print Tickets function is accessed through the print icon in the menu
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
The screen looks like the one below
Tickets are classified into 2 groups ndash Promotion and Shelf These are further classified into sub-groups
Shelf tickets include
Promotion tickets include
You can select the type of tickets through the Type filter
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
In addition to the types shown above you can select All Shelf tickets or All promotion tickets
Other filters are available to help you select tickets to print
All the filters are additive ndash the work together ndash If you select a date and a stocked status of yes it will
show you all those tickets created on that date that also are stocked
Filters available are
Date ndash this is the date the tickets have been created on
Stocked ndashthis is whether the products are stocked or not in your store
Options for Stocked are Yes No and All
Aisle ndash you can choose to print tickets one aisle at a time if you wish to
Bay ndash you can choose to print tickets one bay at a time if you wish to
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
Type ndash this is as shown previously for the various types of shelf and promotion tickets
Printed ndash this allows you to select tickets that have been printed not been printed or all
Department ndash this allows you to select tickets by Department
Please note that currently Department is not displayed for Promotion tickets only Shelf Tickets
Promo Week ndash this is the Foodstuffs standard week indicator for the week that the promotion is starting
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
461 Printing tickets
When you have filtered to find the tickets you want to print you can you the Select All function which
will select all those tickets
When you press that button the description will change to Deselect All allowing you to unselect
everything if you decide you donrsquot want to print those tickets ndash otherwise press the Print Selected button
When the tickets are printed they are sorted by the location within your store (Aisle Bay Shelf and Slot)
and once printed the printed status for those tickets updates to Yes
TIP - to sort tickets by aisle and bay select the column heading For example press on lsquoAisle Bayrsquo
462 Promotion Tickets
Quantity Promotion tickets are different from shelf tickets in that there can be multiple products relating to a single
promotion By default for a promotion ticket the system will display the quantity of each ticket to be the
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
total number of variants for that promotion
You can update this quantity prior to printing if you want a different number of tickets than that default
TIP ndash currently the system does not calculate the quantity of tickets to be the number of variants that you
have stocked ndash it is the total possible number of variants possible so you may have some leftover tickets
when placing them on the shelves
Ticket size Promotion tickets have 2 sizes ndash standard and small Small is intended for those shelves with not much
height (eg spices) The default is standard for all tickets but it can be updated to be small as required
Ticket price Advertised promotions cannot have their ticket price changed as the advertised price must be honoured
Prior to printing tickets the price for non-advertised tickets can be updated to match any changes the store
makes to the promo RRP
Note that the system only allows you to update the price on those non-advertised promotion tickets
463 Printing Next Weekrsquos Promotions
Select one of four options
All Next Week Shows shelf changes as well as all promotions for next week
Circular Shows all stocked item advertised promotions for next week
Non Advertised Shows all stocked item non-advertised promotions for next week
Shelf Tickets Shows all stocked item shelf changes (price changes product updates)
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print
Select Stocked gt Yes
Select tickets you would like to print and select Print Selected to print